Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Equipment & Services / IGas Energy / FY2020 Annual Report

IGas Energy
Annual Report 2020

IGAS · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker IGAS
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Equipment & Services
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · IGas Energy
Loading PDF…
IGas Energy plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2020

01

Strategic ReportWelcome to the IGas Energy plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Our purpose is to provide  
energy needed today while also 
generating new sources of energy 
for tomorrow; our vision is to be a  
leading onshore provider of energy  
in a net zero world; and our strategy 
is to create value for shareholders 
and society in a sustainable way  
through the successful development, 
efficient operation and responsible 
ownership of energy infrastructure 
and businesses.

02

What’s Inside

Strategic Report

Financial & Operational Performance 

Our Marketplace 

Investing in the Energy Transition 

Chairman’s Statement 

Our Stakeholders 

CEO Statement/Operating Review 

Financial Review 

Key Performance Indicators 

Risk Management 

Sustainable and Responsible Business 

Corporate Governance

Corprate Governance Statement 

Board of Directors 

Executive Committee 

Corporate Governance  

Directors’ Remuneration Report 

Directors’ Report  

Financial Statements

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities  
in Respect of the Annual Report and  
Financial Statements 

Independent Auditor’s Report  
to the Members of IGas Energy plc 

Consolidated Income Statement 
Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Consolidated Statement of Changes  
in Equity 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 

Consolidated Financial Statements  
– Notes 

Parent Company Balance Sheet 

Parent Company Statement  
of Changes in Equity 

Parent Company Cash Flow Statement 

Parent Company Financial Statements 
– Notes 

Oil and Gas Reserves 
IGas Onshore UK Licence Interests 
Glossary 
General Information 

01

02

04

06

08

12

16

20

22

24

26

30

32

34

38

44

46

47

54 

54

55

56

57

58

93

94

95

96

112 
113 
115 
116

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020

Financial and Operational Performance

Financial

Revenues

£21.6m

2020

2019

Adjusted EBITDA*

£4.0m

2020

2019

Net assets

£73.3m

Net debt*

£12.2m

£21.6m

2020

£40.9m

2019

£73.3m

2020

£113.1m

2019

Loss after tax

£(42.1)m

Cash and cash equivalents

£2.4m

£4.0m

2020

£13.8m

2019

£(42.1)m

2020

£(49.8)m

2019

£12.2m

£6.2m

£2.4m

£8.2m

Operating cash flow before working  
capital movements

Underlying operating (loss)/profit* 

£3.3m

2020

2019

Read more on page 16

Operational

£(2.7)m

£3.3m

2020

£14.3m

2019

£(2.7)m

£4.6m

* These are alternative performance measures which 

are further explained on page 19.

Production
•  Net production averaged 1,907 boepd  

Development
•  Waterflood projects at Scampton  

Health and Safety
•   IGas presented with RoSPA Presidents 

for the year (2019: 2,325 boepd).

and Welton online. 

Reserves
•  Significant 2P reserves replacement 

~250% (1P ~270%).

•  2P reserves of 17.12 MMboe at  

31 December 2020 (2019: 16.05 MMboe).

•  Acquisition of GT Energy (GTE):  
a developer of heat from deep 
geothermal.

•  Hydrogen partnership with BayoTech,  
a manufacturer of modular steam  
methane reformation equipment.

Award, representing 14 years of 
commitment to Occupational  
Health and Safety.

01

Strategic ReportOur Marketplace

A Changing  
Environment

Oil Price
In 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic led to oil  
and gas prices falling to the lowest levels in 
recent history. Global oil demand fell by  
25% in April 2020 and Brent hit a low of  
$16, its lowest in two decades.

Crude has had a strong start to 2021 buoyed 
by recovering global demand and supply 
constraints. Ultimately, the outlook for the 
oil market will depend on OPEC keeping oil 
supply in check; how quickly vaccines can 
be rolled out; if governments can contain the 
new variant outbreaks and what lingering 
impact the global health crisis has on 
economic activity. 

However, underinvestment in exploration 
and development should support prices in 
the medium term with many decisions on 
new projects delayed or cancelled. Some oil 
economists are forecasting a tightening in the 
market as demand continues to grow in the 
mid‑term with Brent reaching as high as  
$65-70/bbl in 2022.

Climate change is weighing on investment 
sentiment. Increased scepticism regarding  
the long‑term value of oil and gas assets 
has led to a structural de‑rating of the sector. 
There is also an increasing trend towards 
environmental, social, and governance (ESG) 
investment. Today over one‑third of global 
capital has some type of ESG mandate, and 
‘Sustainable Investment’ now tops $30 trillion 
– up 68% since 2014 and tenfold since 2004.

Political Review
2020 began with the UK leaving the European 
Union but not long after, it was Coronavirus 
that dominated the political landscape. 

There was, however, a slew of announcements 
at the end of the year from the Government in 
respect of climate change and energy policy 
in advance of the 26th United Nations Climate 
Change Conference of the Parties (COP26) in 
Glasgow in November 2021.

In November 2020, Prime Minister Boris 
Johnson outlined his Ten Point Plan for a 
Green Industrial Revolution. At the centre 
of his blueprint are the UK’s industrial 
heartlands, including in the North East, 
Yorkshire and the Humber, West Midlands, 
Scotland and Wales, which will build green 
jobs and industries of the future. Many of 
these areas are suitable for geothermal 
development where we see a significant role 
in the decarbonisation of large‑scale heat 
– helping to make “public sector buildings 
greener.”

Following this, the Government announced  
an ambitious new emissions target setting  
the UK on the path to net zero by 2050, 
leading the way in tackling climate change 
globally. The new plan aims for at least a 68% 
reduction in greenhouse gas emissions by the 
end of the decade, compared to 1990 levels 
and commits the UK to reducing emissions  
by the fastest rate of any major economy.

In its sixth carbon budget, published on  
9 December 2020, the Committee on Climate 
Change (CCC) recognised a continued role for 
oil and gas throughout the energy transition 
in its recommendation.

02

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Using the forecast demand data within the 
CCC’s Net Zero Report of May 2019 and the 
Oil and Gas Authority’s estimates for UK 
production, import dependencies will rise 
up to 86% for gas and 48% for oil by 2050 
without Government policy intervention. 
Cumulative spend on imports will be in the 
order of c.£0.5 trillion by 2050, with between 
100 and 145 million tonnes of additional 
carbon produced by gas imports alone. 

The industry has committed to working with 
Government on net zero and introducing 
innovative ways to reduce emissions to as  
low as reasonably practicable. 

The Onshore Oil and Gas Industry
The onshore oil and gas industry is one of 
the UK’s oldest and was instrumental in the 
fuelling of the nation during both world  
wars. Today there are 415 licensed blocks  
and over 300 operating wells. Since the 
launch of the industry community benefit 
scheme in 2013 over £1 million has been 
distributed to local communities.

Industrial growth is underpinned by 
producing energy cheaply, efficiently and 
as close to consumers as possible. Oil and 
gas demand is almost six times that of the 
electricity demand in the UK, heating the vast 
majority of UK homes and acting as a vital 
source of fuel and as a feedstock for British 
industry and manufacturing. Post COVID-19, 
it is also imperative that we produce energy 
sustainably and create jobs and tax revenues, 
while upholding environmental regulations 
and energy security. 

All independent forecasts, including that 
of the CCC, indicate that there will be a 
fundamental need for oil and gas in a net 
zero world – our energy system, infrastructure 
and economy cannot manage without these 
critical components. In addition, these same 
forecasts show the need for hydrogen as the 
low carbon fuel of the future and the fact that 
natural gas (methane) will be the lowest cost 
primary feedstock to produce the hydrogen 
we will require.

In the first six weeks of the COVID-19 
imposed lockdown, the UK experienced an 
unprecedented shift in oil, gas and electricity 
production to higher carbon imports, further 
building on worrying levels before the 
pandemic. Meanwhile, the crisis has clearly 
demonstrated how vital home‑grown oil 
and gas is to keep the lights on, provide 
transportation and as the source of essential 
raw materials for the NHS, care homes and 
key workers, particularly in the case of PPE.

Under the CCC’s ‘Balanced’ scenario, in the 
absence of increased domestic hydrocarbon 
production, we would need to import £210 
billion worth of oil and gas to fuel a net zero 
economy to 2050 – a worrying statistic. Based 
on the gas demand profile outlined in the 
‘Balanced’ scenario, the shortfall between 
natural gas demand and natural gas supplied 
from the UK Continental Shelf (UKCS) is 
10,047 TWh between 2020 and 2050. When 
Norwegian imports (NCS) are discounted 
from this total (as it represents lower carbon 
intensity) – the shortfall between UK demand 
and UKCS/NCS supply is 3,639 TWh. The 
carbon intensity of UK onshore natural gas has 
been forecast by Imperial College London to 
be 13.8 g CO2/kWh, compared to an average  
of 57 g CO2/kWh for imported LNG.

The committee also makes the key point that 
 “UK industries should face a level playing 
field under the UK’s ambitious targets.” It is 
not acceptable for carbon intensive imports 
to flood the UK whilst the domestic industry 
faces increased regulatory burdens and costs, 
especially at a time when British businesses 
will be in recovery.

The long awaited Energy White Paper was 
published on 14 December 2020, setting out 
how the UK will clean up its energy system 
and reach net zero emissions by 2050.  
In particular, IGas welcomed the statement 
that “The UK’s domestic oil and gas industry 
has a critical role in maintaining the country’s 
energy security and is a major contributor to 
the economy” and that “The projections for 
demand for oil and gas though much reduced 
is forecast to continue for decades to come.”

“The projections for 
demand for oil and 
gas though much 
reduced is forecast to 
continue for decades 
to come.”

UK Government Energy White Paper

03

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic ReportInvesting in the Energy Transition

“The opportunities 
here in the UK are 
significant as the 
Government pushes 
to decarbonise heat as 
part of the transition 
to net zero in 2050.”

Whilst there is a clear need for oil and gas 
in a 2050 net zero environment, it is IGasʼ 
intention to play an important role in the  
UK's energy transition. The Company’s 
strategy is to diversify into the wider UK 
energy market whilst leveraging its core 
competencies as a UK onshore operator.

Geothermal
The CCC stated that only decarbonisation 
of heating in the UK could deliver the major 
reduction in emissions needed to meet the 
2050 net zero target. 

Geothermal energy (the energy stored 
in the form of heat beneath the earth’s 
surface) provides a home‑grown, nationally 
secure, low‑carbon and green alternative to 
conventional heating and power generation. 
By unlocking natural geothermal energy,  
we are paving the way for a more  
sustainable future. 

Geothermal energy, a type of renewable 
energy, is increasingly being used across 
the world with a number of towns and cities 
adopting it to provide heat and electricity to 
both significant users, such as large council 
buildings and warehouses and the general 
public, through district heating systems.

How does it work?
The technology relies on the heat from 
the earth, a virtually infinite resource. It is 
permanently available and independent  
of the weather. It offers a widely applicable, 
affordable and constant baseload supply 
of heat (and power) plus the potential for 
significant inter-seasonal thermal storage  
for waste heat and cold.

Wells drilled into the rock intersect 
with hydrothermal reservoirs, and the 
superheated water brought to the surface 
runs turbines to create heat and/or electricity. 
The cooled water is then recycled back down 
into the aquifer via a second re‑injection well.

The opportunity for Britain
The opportunities here in the UK are 
significant as the Government pushes to 
decarbonise heat as part of the transition 
to net zero in 2050. Currently in the UK, 
residential heating alone represents over 
20% of primary energy demand, more 
than 90% of which is from non-renewable 
sources. In the challenge to meet net zero, 
decarbonising large‑scale heat will be 
fundamental and needs to start happening 
in the short term. We believe there is 
the potential for approximately 50-100 
geothermal projects across the UK with  
an average size of 10MW.

According to the British Geological Survey 
(BGS), geothermal energy resources in the UK 
are sufficient to deliver about 100 years of 
heat supply for the entire UK and to provide 
an equivalent of 85% of Scotland’s and 9% 
of England’s current electricity demand. 

04

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020The process involves taking the raw feedstock 
(methane) and reacting it with steam to 
produce a pure supply of hydrogen, which 
will then be suitable for use in vehicle fuel 
cells. In this process, the carbon dioxide 
released is the same amount as if the gas 
were burnt in a boiler or gas engine. As this 
will happen at one location (in this case, 
our site), rather than the hundreds or even 
thousands of different locations where the 
gas might otherwise have been burned, it 
offers opportunities for us to capture and  
use it in beneficial ways, or to store it. 

Is this clean energy?
Hydrogen produced will be used in an  
HGV or truck displacing the diesel which 
would otherwise have been used for fuel.  
The overall environmental emissions, even 
when releasing the CO2, are reduced and 
along with no combustion related by‑products  
of NOx, SOx, or other harmful particulates.  
Every litre of petrol or diesel displaced from 
the transport system (approximately  
the amount a typical car might use to  
drive six miles) saves about 3kg of carbon 
dioxide production.

Hydrogen
Developing hydrogen as part  
of the net zero ambition
The UK Government acknowledged with 
its “Ten Point Plan for a Green Industrial 
Revolution”1 that hydrogen has a key part 
to play in the energy transition, providing a 
clean source of fuel and heat for our homes, 
transport and industry.

Because of its abundance in nature, 
hydrogen for use as a fuel source can be 
generated in a number of ways. The most 
common of these is a process known as 
Steam Methane Reformation (SMR). Invented 
in the 1930s and produced on an industrial 
scale at large centralised facilities such as 
refineries since then. Due to the centralised 
nature of its manufacture, users of hydrogen 
in the South‑east of the UK have to get it 
trucked in from one of four manufacturing 
facilities either in the North‑West, North 
East, or South Wales or from European 
manufacturers. This involves travelling 
large distances, which adds to the cost, and 
carbon footprint. These shipping costs, and 
the complexity of transporting hydrogen 
over long distances has consistently 
hampered the scale up of use of hydrogen 
by consumers and industry.

Recently the SMR technology has been 
miniaturised so the reforming units can 
be fitted within shipping container-sized 
facilities and deployed at distributed 
locations much closer to the point of use. 

05

Success in Europe
Whilst this is still a nascent technology in 
the UK, over the past five years, the installed 
capacity of deep geothermal heating and 
cooling plants in Europe has increased by 
over 1GWth, with 327 plants, a total capacity 
of 5.5GWth, in operation. 

In countries such as France, the Netherlands 
and Germany, which have similargeothermal 
potential, geothermal energy is contributing 
ever more significantly to the decarbonisation 
of the energy mix. As well as a considerable 
annual emissions saving (e.g. Germany: 
>1.7 million t CO2 equivalent in 2017), 
the geothermal industry also provides 
considerable economic stimulus (e.g. 
Germany: €13.3 billion since 2000) and 
contributes to job generation (Germany: 
>22,000 jobs). Experience in these countries 
has shown that the success of geothermal 
development is closely linked to their 
governments’ commitment to support this 
technology through policies, regulations, 
incentives and initiatives.

There are 57 plants in the Paris basin, 
providing heat around Paris, and in the area 
around Munich, Southern Germany, there are 
37 projects that supply significant quantities 
of renewable heat to suburbs and towns. 

1   https://assets.publishing.service.gov. 

uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/
attachment_data/file/936567/10_POINT_PLAN_
BOOKLET.pdf

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic ReportChairman’s Statement

Focused 
delivery in a 
challenging 
year

“We remain firmly 
focused on cost and 
capital discipline, 
controlling what is 
within our power in 
the near‑term, whilst 
still continuing to 
build our business  
for the future.”

06

At the time of writing, England is slowly 
emerging from its third national lockdown  
in less than 12 months. This reporting  
period has seen extraordinary challenges  
for individuals and businesses alike,  
as we all respond to the global public  
health emergency – COVID-19 – which  
has impacted, and continues to impact,  
all aspects of our lives.

As the scale and seriousness of the  
COVID-19 pandemic emerged, the initial  
focus and principal concern for the Company 
was, and remains, the health and safety of  
its employees, contractors, and communities.  
In this regard, all office-based employees have 
been working from home where possible since 
March 2020. The Company has established 
procedures and plans to ensure the continued 
safe operation of its production sites whilst 
adapting operations to enable and implement 
social distancing. Oil and gas workers are 
classified as ‘key workers’, recognising the 
importance of maintaining oil and gas supply 
to meet the UK’s energy demands.

The oil price had already been impacted 
early in the year by OPEC's failure to reach 
an agreement on supply. The end of the first 
quarter saw a further significant reduction 
in commodity prices, principally due to 
COVID-19 related drop in demand for oil and 
gas, which affected both our revenues and 
profitability. Further details of our financial 
performance can be found in the financial 
review on pages 16 to 19. We took swift 
action to reduce costs and preserve cash in 
the business always being mindful of the 
longer-term effects those measures may have. 

Despite these highly challenging circumstances, 
the Company has continued to make progress  
in a number of key areas and continues to 
adapt its business to operate, both in the 
current environment, and to develop its 
business strategies.

In 2020, we delivered production within the 
revised guidance, brought our waterflood 
projects online, which will bring increased 
production in 2021 and beyond, and 
completed a significant transaction with 
the acquisition of the geothermal energy 
developer, GT Energy (GTE). 

The geothermal acquisition is a major 
strategic milestone for IGas. It provides us 
with an exciting entry point into this highly 
attractive growth market, one that has seen 
material progress in Europe over the past 
five years. The decarbonisation of electricity 
generation has already made significant steps 
forwards with renewables and gas replacing 
coal. The next significant area that must be 
addressed, namely to achieve the UK's net 
zero ambitions, is the decarbonisation of 
heat. We anticipate that this will dramatically 
increase the development of deep geothermal 
heating plants in the UK and across Europe.

There are considerable growth opportunities 
for IGas as we continue to look at ways 
of maximising returns from our existing 
operations and engineering expertise, 
repurposing our extensive infrastructure and 
seeking to high‑grade potential opportunities 
for other forms of energy, including electricity 
generation and storage. 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Our Values

Respect

Respect is paramount, for our 
people, our environment, our 
partners and the safety of others.

Performance

Performing to the highest 
standards internally and 
externally and delivering  
against our targets.

Transparency

We are honest about what 
we do, how we do it and the 
challenges we face. We are open 
to challenge, to discussion and  
to improving how we work to 
reflect our values.

Collaboration

We take on challenges and  
find solutions through mutual 
trust, knowledge sharing  
and teamwork.

Commitment

We are fully committed to 
preserving the environment 
and providing safe and healthy 
working conditions. 

People
The great majority of IGas staff who are able 
to work from home are still doing so and 
appropriate precautions in operations and 
offices have been implemented.

I am deeply impressed by the resilience our 
people have shown as we have adapted 
to new ways of working, while retaining an 
unrelenting focus on safety and delivery. 
I want to thank each and every one of our 
hardworking colleagues for their commitment 
and determination during such a tough year.

Outlook
The ongoing impacts of the COVID-19 
pandemic continue to present a volatile and 
challenging trading environment. Whilst the 
International Energy Agency expects a strong 
oil price recovery in the second half of 2021,  
it has warned that fresh restrictions related  
to the SARS-CoV-2 virus will depress demand 
in the short term.

We remain firmly focused on cost and capital 
discipline, controlling what is within our 
power in the near‑term, whilst still continuing 
to build our business for the future. Given 
that the shape and pace of economic recovery 
is uncertain, it would be imprudent to rule out 
future impacts on the business.

That said, we will continue to invest in 
our existing assets where appropriate to 
realise future benefits and to move ahead 
purposefully with our geothermal and 
hydrogen projects. What is clear, is that the 
UK has set out a pathway to net zero and 
recognising there is a role for oil and gas,  
as part of that evolution, IGas is committed  
to maximise the value of its extensive skill 
set and existing infrastructure to further 
progress its own energy transition pathway. 

Cuth McDowell
Interim Non‑executive Chairman

In October 2020, we announced a partnership 
with BayoTech, a leading technologies 
business in hydrogen generation systems.  
We have identified existing sites where the gas 
resource can be reformed into hydrogen which 
will then be sold to local or national customers.

In November 2020, the Government 
announced its “Ten Point Plan” for a green 
industrial revolution setting out a roadmap for 
the country’s economic recovery: Building back 
better, supporting green jobs, and accelerating 
our path to net zero. We welcomed the long 
awaited Energy White Paper released the 
following month, which acknowledges that 
the UK’s domestic oil and gas industry has a 
critical role in maintaining the country’s energy 
security and is a major contributor to the 
economy. 

The projection for demand for oil and gas, 
though much reduced, is still forecast to 
continue for decades to come and whilst 
Government stresses the importance of 
sourcing lower emission fuels, it does not 
tackle the issue of growing imports of oil  
and gas. According to the most recent analysis 
by the CCC for the Sixth Carbon Budget using 
their 'Balanced' and 'Headwinds' scenarios, 
import dependencies will rise to between 
61% and 83% for gas and up to 40% for oil 
by 2050.

As we broaden our energy portfolio, engaging 
effectively with all our stakeholders helps 
inform our future plans. Listening and 
responding to the views of communities, 
regulators, policy makers and shareholders 
helps us better refine our business objectives 
and deliver value. A sustainable and 
responsible company is one that is committed 
to protecting and enhancing the wider 
environment and working with communities 
to provide them with lasting socio‑economic 
benefits. Last year, we aligned ourselves with 
a number of the UN Sustainable Development 
Goals and we will continue to develop and 
grow our environmental KPIs. More can be 
found in our Sustainable and Responsible 
Business section on pages 24 and 25.

Despite the significant challenges the 
pandemic has presented us with, IGas' 
operations were safe and environmentally 
responsible. It is a reflection of our high 
standards that again led us to receive the 
RoSPA President’s Award, representing 
14 consecutive years of commitment to 
Occupational Health and Safety. Our ISO9001 
and ISO14001 accreditation was also 
renewed during 2020, important benchmarks 
in managing our production processes and 
environment responsibilities.

07

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic ReportOur Stakeholders

Engaging in a  
meaningful way with 
those who matter.

“Listening and 
responding to 
the views of our 
stakeholders 
helps IGas better 
achieve its business 
objectives and deliver 
optimum outcomes 
for its communities, 
regulators, employees 
and shareholders.”

The continued success of our business is 
dependent on the support of all of our 
stakeholders. Building positive relationships 
with stakeholders that share our values is 
important to us and working together towards 
shared goals assists us in delivering long‑term 
sustainable success.

The Board and Executive Committee believe 
that fostering IGas' business relationships 
and maintaining effective stakeholder 
engagement should help to ensure that IGas 
is a company in which people want to invest, 
with which people want to partner and for 
which people want to work.

The Board of Directors of IGas believe 
that they have acted in a way which they 
consider, in good faith, would be most likely 
to promote the success of the Company for 
the benefit of its members as in accordance 
with Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006. 
The Board recognises the importance of its 
wider stakeholders in the sustainability of its 
business. Accordingly, to fulfil their duties, 
the senior management team take care to 
have regard to the likely consequences on 
all stakeholders of the decisions and actions 
they take, with a long‑term view in mind 
and with the highest standards of conduct. 
The Sustainable and Responsible Business 
Report (pages 24 and 25) and the Corporate 
Governance section (pages 26 to 45) set out 
in more detail how the Board has approached 
its duty under Section 172.

Government and Regulators
IGas works constructively with the 
government departments and regulators 
in the UK to ensure we meet or exceed the 
appropriate regulatory standards. We are 
subject to regular operational inspections, 
both scheduled and unannounced, to ensure 
we are always fully compliant.

Our approach to public and regulatory affairs 
is to directly engage with policymakers 
and pursue positive and constructive 
relationships. We also collaborate as a 
group of operators through our industry 
body, UKOOG (United Kingdom Onshore Oil 
and Gas) to promote better and more open 
dialogue with key stakeholders.

08

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Mineral Planning Authority (MPA)
MPAs (as part of local councils) grant planning 
permission for the location of any wells and 
well pads, and impose conditions to ensure 
that the impact on the use of the land is 
acceptable.

The planning system controls the 
development and use of land in the public 
interest. This includes ensuring that any new 
development is appropriate for its location. 
This takes into account the effects (including 
cumulative effects) of potential pollution on 
health, the natural environment or general 
amenity. In doing so, the focus of the planning 
system is on whether the application is an 
acceptable use of the land, and the impacts of 
those uses. Any control processes, health and 
safety issues or emissions themselves are then 
subject to the approval of the other regulators.

Our Regulators
The UK is recognised as a leading 
example for oil and gas industry 
regulation. Onshore oil and gas 
regulation is handled by four 
separate bodies.

The Health and Safety Regulator
The Health and Safety Executive (HSE) 
monitors oil and gas operations from a 
well integrity and site safety perspective. 
It ensures that safe working practices are 
adopted by onshore operators as required 
under the Health and Safety at Work Act 1974, 
and regulations made under the Act.

HSE works closely with the environment 
regulator and the Department for Business, 
Energy and Industrial Strategy (BEIS) to share 
relevant information on such activities and 
to ensure that there are no material gaps 
between the safety, environmental protection 
and planning authorisation considerations, 
and that all material concerns are addressed.

The Environmental Regulator 
The role of environment regulation is handled 
by the Environment Agency (EA). 

Onshore oil and gas exploratory activities 
require environmental permits issued under 
the Environmental Permitting Regulations 
(EPR 2010) and other permissions from the 
Environmental regulator, depending on the 
methods used and the geology of the site. 

The environmental regulator is also a 
statutory consultee during the planning 
application conducted by the Mineral 
Planning Authority and also in the assessment 
of the Environmental Impact Assessment  
if this is required.

BEIS/Oil and Gas Authority
Under the Petroleum Act of 1998, the Crown 
has all ownership rights to hydrocarbon 
resources in the UK. Responsibility for 
administration on behalf of the Crown falls 
to the Secretary of State for BEIS, supported 
by the Oil and Gas Authority (OGA) as an 
independent body.

BEIS issues a ‘Petroleum Exploration and 
Development Licence’ (PEDL), which gives 
a company or group of companies (a joint 
venture) exclusive rights to explore for,  
and develop, the resource in a particular 
defined area.

09

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic ReportOur Stakeholders continued

Employees
The interests of our employees and wider 
workforce are important to the Directors 
because they are key stakeholders of the 
Company. We aim to create a working 
environment in which all individuals can make 
best use of their skills, free from discrimination 
or harassment, and in which all decisions are 
based on merit. We are committed to creating 
a business that better represents society as a 
whole, and want to attract more people from 
ethnically diverse backgrounds at different 
levels of our organisation. 

We want to continue to be an employer of 
choice, attracting and retaining the brightest 
and the best talent as our business adapts to 
a constantly changing business environment. 
The talents, skills and values of the people 
that work for IGas enable it to fulfil its 
purpose, achieve strategic goals and manage 
Principal Risks. That is why decent work 
and economic growth is one of the United 
Nation's Sustainable Development Goals 
adopted by IGas.

Employees are informed of changes in the 
business and general financial and economic 
factors influencing the Group. We are always 
looking at ways to improve communications 
to motivate employees.

IGas values the views of its employees and 
consults with them about matters that affect 
them and the business. We engage with our 
employees in a number of ways:

•  Workplace & virtual “town hall” meetings;
•  Tool box talks (for operators in the field);
•  Suggestion boxes;
•  Employee newsletters;
•  Notice boards and monthly ‘All Staff’  

email updates; and

•  Management briefings and site visits.

10

Gender Diversity

Board diversity

Excom diversity

Workforce diversity

2020

(0/5)

33% 
(3/9)

2019

(0/5)

25% 
(2/8)

16% 
(21/133)

19% 
(29/147)

In addition to the ongoing delivering of 
individual and functional (competency‑based) 
training, in light of the global pandemic we 
have provided guidance and training to staff 
on safety, health and hygiene, homeworking 
and mental health throughout the year.  
As part of our regular 'All Staff' monthly 
training programme, staff successfully 
completed a range of courses covering topics 
such as Health & Safety for Homeworkers, 
Mental Health Awareness, Cyber Security 
Awareness and Whistleblowing, as well 
as other obligatory courses covering 
Unconscious Bias for Employees, Modern 
Slavery and Equality & Diversity.

Communities
The support of our local communities is a key 
component of our social licence to operate. 
The majority of our workforce lives and 
works in the areas in which we operate, and 
the strength of our relationships with local 
residents is vital to us.

Whilst communities are involved in 
the statutory process of planning and 
environmental permitting, we seek to 
go beyond what is required of us from a 
regulatory perspective to better understand 
each community in which we operate.

IGas seeks to be an active contributor to the 
communities of which it is a part, and has 
an ongoing commitment to sharing value 
directly where it has been created, consistent 
with its strategic goal of creating value for 
shareholders and society. This approach is 
focused in a number of ways: 

•  A structured approach to engaging  

with suppliers and forming constructive 
local relationships so that communities 
derive economic and social benefit from  
IGasʼ investment;

•  We aim to create local jobs and 

opportunities, thereby giving local 
economies a boost; and

•  Through the IGas Community Fund, to 

deliver financial support to a diverse range 
of community projects run by legally‑
constituted community groups, non-profit 
organisations and registered charities in 
areas close to our operations.

Why we interact
•  To ensure we act as a good neighbour;
•  To support the sustainable socio‑economic 
welfare of the areas in which we operate;
•  To address community needs, including 
social or environmental concerns; and

•  To foster open and transparent 

communications between ourselves and 
the communities in which we operate.

How we interact
•  Engage with individuals and organisations 

in the local communities from an  
early stage;

•  Implement community liaison groups;
•  Public consultation events;
•  Online and offline materials;
•  Site visits and educational sessions; and 
•  We sponsor the IGas Community Fund.

IGas Community Fund
During 2020, the IGas Community Fund 
awarded c.£50,000 to community projects. 

The Fund for 2020 was launched in October 
2019 inviting applications from communities 
close to IGas operations in the South and the 
East Midlands. In the weeks that followed 
around 50 expressions of interest were 
received by email or telephone. 

The fund panel met virtually in March 2020 
to consider the applications and make the 
awards. Recipients included projects such  
as riverbank conservation, a therapeutic  
well‑being garden and a cyber‑reading café.

Much of the drawdown has been deferred 
due to COVID-19 as projects have been 
unable to go ahead, but we look forward  
to being able to release funds as soon  
as the projects are able to utilise them.

One project that did go ahead was the 
Owmby & Normanby Community Park.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Image: Before

Case Study

Image: After

As part of the 2019 fund launched in  
October 2018 we awarded £2,000 to the 
Owmby & Normanby Community Park  
Project. The project wrote to us during  
the year to update us on progress.

“In 2016, a local landowner gifted 
a field to the two parish councils 
of the villages of Owmby by 
Spital and Normanby by Spital 
in rural Lincolnshire. Since then, 
slow and steady progress has 
been made to create a much 
loved and well‑used community 
park that has enormous potential 
for the future.

Since that time, the field has 
been drained, levelled and 
seeded: and pedestrian and 
vehicle gates added. The seeding 
took place last spring, 2019, 
and by August the site of the 
children’s play area had been 
identified and a wonderful piece 
of play equipment installed, 
which has a climbing wall, rope 
bridge, climbing net and slide.

We have been delighted with 
the different age groups that 
are appreciating this wonderful 
outdoor space. This ranges from 
mums with babies sitting on 
the benches chatting, to small 
children on the play equipment, 
to teenagers chilling, to people 
pursuing the NHS Couch To 5k 
fitness regime to older people 
exercising their dogs or just 
sitting watching the sun go down. 

It has been a strange spring  
and summer, but it has been 
made all the more bearable by 
having such a lovely space to 
spend quality time and enjoy  
the sunshine.

Thank you for the part that 
your organisation has played in 
making this dream a reality for 
our community.”

Money awarded to the Owmby & Normanby 
Community Park Project

£2,000

11

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic ReportCEO Statement/Operating Review

Harnessing 
new sources 
of indigenous 
energy for 
tomorrow

Introduction
The announcement by the World Health 
Organisation in March 2020, declaring the 
coronavirus outbreak a pandemic was an 
intensely sobering moment for everyone.  
As a company, we made clear from the outset 
that our overriding priority was the health 
and safety of all our employees, contractors 
and other visitors to sites, maintaining 
operations and supporting the safe and 
reliable production of energy. 

Like every other company operating in the UK, 
we are not immune from the wider economic 
impacts of coronavirus and the significant 
reduction in global demand for oil and gas 
impacted our financial results. It is our job to 
guide the Company through this continued 
period of uncertainty and ensure it is well‑
placed for the economic recovery when  
it comes. 

We moved quickly to mitigate the immediate 
impacts of COVID-19 and the fall in oil price 
by shutting in sites to preserve cash and 
as low commodity prices continued we 
undertook a further, in‑depth review of costs. 
The outcome of that exercise resulted in a 
redundancy programme, salary replacement 
for the Board and senior executives, and a 
reduction in benefits across the organisation. 
These measures, coupled with the cost 
savings made in the first half of the year,  
have amounted to a cash saving in 2020 of 
£0.6 million. Further savings of £1.0 million 
are expected in 2021. We vacated our London 
premises at the earliest opportunity, at the 
end of March 2021, and until there is more 
certainty, our London based employees will 
continue to work remotely.

2020 was a pivotal year for the Company.  
Last year, I outlined our desire to position 
IGas to deliver a variety of energy sources 
to the UK and, in September, we took a bold 
step in realising that aspiration by acquiring 
a deep geothermal development business. 
We also took our first steps to allow us to 
advance hydrogen production opportunities 
through the partnership agreement we 
announced in October 2020, with BayoTech. 
This will enable us to monetise stranded gas 
reserves and increase the value of the gas  
we produce, whilst pioneering the use of 
small‑scale SMR equipment in the UK.

During the year, as part of our approach to 
responsible and sustainable development  
we undertook to align ourselves to a 
number of the United Nation's Sustainable 
Development Goals. We recognise the need 
to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions 
and strive to reduce them through new 
initiatives, including the installation of best 
available technology to all new projects to 
minimise their carbon intensity. Read more 
in our Sustainable and Responsible Business 
section on page 24.

Operating Review
Production
Net production for the period averaged  
1,907 boepd, in line with our revised  
forecast of 1,850 - 2,050 for the full year.  
We anticipate net production in 2021 of 
between 2,150 boepd and 2,350 boepd, 
assuming there are no further significant 
disruptions to our business from COVID-19.

“I am excited 
about the various 
energy transition 
opportunities that  
we have identified  
in our existing and 
new businesses.”

12

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020In May 2020, when the oil price was trading at 
c.$25/bbl, we announced a temporary shut-in 
of a number of fields for the months of May 
and June. The impact of the shut‑ins was a 
reduction in production by c.600 boepd for 
this period. This action had a positive impact 
on cash flow during these two months of 
c.£0.5 million. Those employees that were 
impacted by the shut‑ins were furloughed  
in line with the Government scheme. 

We have, since then, returned all but 
two fields back to production following 
improvements in the oil price. As the majority 
of our sites are 100% owned and operated 
by us, it gave us the flexibility to take shut-in 
decisions quickly and the ability to rapidly 
restore production, at some of our fields,  
once energy prices improved. 

Given the fall in oil prices, we reviewed 
our capital expenditure programme for the 
year and reduced it broadly by half to focus 
on maintenance capex, abandonment and 
capital for projects already in execution 
which amounted to £6.0 million. IGas 
retains significant flexibility over its capital 
expenditure, and will ensure that as we  
move forward, expenditure commitments  
are appropriate in the macro environment.

It is our highest priority to continue to operate 
all of our assets in a safe and responsible 
manner, to ensure the safety of our workforce 
and communities in which we work and to 
minimise the potential risk to the environment. 
Throughout 2020, we worked closely with all 
our regulators to ensure we met the stringent 
guidelines in respect to COVID-19. 

IGas Group Net Reserves & Contingent  
Resources as at 31 December 2020 (MMboe)

Reserves & Resources as at 31 December 2019

Production during the period

Revision of estimates

Reserves & Resources as at 31 December 2020

Reserves and Resources
In February 2021, IGas announced the 
publication of the Competent Persons Report 
(CPR) by DeGolyer & MacNaughton (D&M),  
a leading international reserves and resources 
auditor.

The report comprised an independent 
evaluation of IGas conventional oil and gas 
interests as of 31 December 2020. The full 
report can be found on the IGas website  
www.igasplc/investors/publications-and-reports

The report confirms a continuing high 
reserves replacement of 2P reserves of 
approximately 250% reflecting the good 
performance of our production assets and 
progression of projects demonstrating 
the significant upside that remains in our 
conventional portfolio. Some 75% of the 2P 
is developed meaning it does not require any 
capital investment to produce.

IGas has a track record of significant reserves 
replacement with a three‑year average of  
over 200%. 

This independent report valued our 
conventional assets at c.$204 million on a 
2P NPV10 basis: 1P NPV10 of $150 million 
(based on forward oil curve of 2021 $53/bbl; 
2022 $56/bbl; 2023 $58/bbl; 2024 $59/bbl; 
2025 $62/bbl).

1P

10.55

(0.68)

1.87

11.74

2P

16.05

(0.68)

1.75

17.12

2C

19.51

–

0.84

20.35

Development
Conventional
In spite of the considerable challenges 
related to the COVID-19 pandemic, we 
commenced water injection at our Scampton 
North site on schedule and on budget in  
July 2020. As well as increasing oil 
production, the in-field pipeline and a new 
processing facility at the Scampton North 
C-Site will provide greater efficiency and 
environmental improvements by reducing 
venting, the need to truck water to the Welton 
Gathering Centre, as well as increasing the 
amount of gas available for power generation. 
The latest D&M CPR estimates this project 
will increase production from the Scampton 
field by 180 Mbbl (2P-Proved plus Probable 
reserves) and our mid‑case economics for the 
project have an IRR of over 40% and a NPV  
of £2.5 million (which assumes a long-term  
oil price of $55/bbl).

Our second waterflood opportunity in 
the southern section of the Welton Field 
experienced delays predominantly with 
the supply chain and resource availability 
due to the pandemic, however, the project 
was brought online in January 2021, slightly 
behind our planned initial production of Q4 
2020 and largely in line with budget. This is a 
material project in IGas' inventory, developing 
approximately 660 Mbbl of 2P reserves 
and adding over 100 bbls/d incremental 
production with a base case NPV10 of  
c.£7 million (assuming a long-term oil  
price of $55/bbl).

Both these projects are important 
advancements in developing the Company's 
2P reserves. 

Work on other projects, to appraise the 
potential that exists in our prospective 
resources such as the prospect at Godley 
Bridge in the South‑east, will ramp‑up again 
once there is more certainty in energy prices.

13

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic ReportCEO Statement/Operating Review continued

Gas from Shale 
The effective moratorium on high volume 
hydraulic fracturing for shale gas, that was 
introduced by the Government in November 
2019, remains in place until new evidence 
is provided. IGas along with its industry 
peers continues to be committed to working 
closely with the OGA and other regulators to 
demonstrate that we can operate safely and 
in an environmentally responsible manner, 
and we remain confident of doing so by 
adopting a rigorous scientific approach. 

It is worth noting that the Gainsborough 
Trough, where our world‑class Springs Road 
gas asset is situated, is characterised by its 
structural simplicity and limited faulting. 
This has been confirmed by the recent 
reinterpretation of the 69 sq km reprocessed 
3D seismic data around the Springs Road area 
which was originally acquired in 2014.

In November 2020, IGas submitted a Section 
73 Planning Application to vary a condition 
of our existing Planning Permission in order 
to extend the operational period of the site 
for a further three years. The application was 
validated by Nottinghamshire County Council 
the same month.

Ellesmere Port Appeal
Our application to conduct a well test at  
our existing Ellesmere Port well, originally 
drilled in November 2014, was submitted 
on 21 July 2017. Following the Planning 
Committee’s refusal against Officer 
recommendation in January 2018, a 12-day 
Planning Appeal was held between 15 January 
2019 and 6 March 2019. The Secretary of State 
recovered the appeal on 27 June 2019. Some 
21 months later and 44 months after the initial 
application, a decision is still awaited, despite 
the Written Ministerial Statement in May 2018 
committing to a rapid turnaround in decisions.

Geothermal
Despite the challenges the pandemic has 
presented, we completed a significant 
transaction with the acquisition of the 
geothermal developer, GTE. This equity‑
funded deal was a major strategic milestone 
for the Company given our intention to play 
an important role in the UK's energy transition 
and is a logical step given the development 
and operational synergies with our onshore 
business.

There are many synergies between our 
existing skill sets. Essentially this is a very 
similar process in terms of geological 
interpretation, drilling, completion and facility 
design; we are just looking for a different 
resource, a permeable heat reservoir. 

Read more about the benefits and 
opportunities for deep geothermal  
in the UK on pages 4 and 5.

GTE’s principal project is a 14MW deep 
geothermal project in the Etruria Valley, 
Stoke‑on‑Trent. The project is anticipated to 
supply zero carbon heat to the city of Stoke‑
on‑Trent on a long‑term 'take or pay' contract 
with Stoke‑on‑Trent City Council (SoTCC). It 
is anticipated that the heat will be supplied 
through the SoTCC owned and operated 
district heating network, which is undergoing 
installation. All the geophysical work on 
the project is complete and the necessary 
permitting in place. We await the grant  
of the renewed planning permission.

Like many other things however, COVID-19 
has taken its toll on the project and this 
has meant that all construction of the 
heat network has paused and the TPA 
(thermal purchase agreement) has not been 
completed. However, in an effort to progress 
the project, we have entered into discussions 
with the council and Engie to deliver the 
project. This structure would take all financial 
risk away from the council and allow the 
project to proceed at a faster pace.

Discussions with Government regarding 
future financial support for renewable heat 
from geothermal beyond the closure of the 
Non‑domestic Renewable Heat Incentive on 
31 March 2021, are both ongoing and positive. 

The Renewable Energy Association (REA) and 
ARUP supported by GTE and other industry 
players will launch a report in April 2021 
into the economic opportunity of harnessing 
deep geothermal energy to solve the 
decarbonisation of heat in the UK. The report 
will highlight the significant geothermal 
resource that exists within the UK and show 
how other European countries with similar 
resources have been successful in exploiting 
their resources. A number of MPs have 
already indicated their support for developing 
an industry to harness geothermal.

We have identified a number of strategic 
geothermal development locations across the 
UK and are working at converting these into 
a development pipeline of projects. Areas 
include Newcastle, Crewe, and Southampton.

Hydrogen
In October 2020, IGas announced that it had 
entered into a partnership agreement with 
BayoTech, a manufacturer of modular SMR 
equipment. 

BayoTech, whose high efficiency, low carbon 
technologies originated in Sandia National 
Laboratories, is a hydrogen generation 
technology company offering hydrogen 
production solutions through rentals, leases, 
sales and gas as a service to customers 
worldwide. Headquartered and produced 
in New Mexico, USA, BayoTech's on‑site 
hydrogen generators are more efficient 
than legacy SMRs, leading to lower carbon 
emissions and low‑cost hydrogen. In January 
2021, BayoTech received an equity investment 
of up to $157 million from Newlight Partners 
LP, to accelerate its strategic growth.

The Company’s intent is to utilise this 
equipment to produce high quality hydrogen 
from its gas producing assets and from 
stranded gas assets. 

IGas has initially identified two of its existing 
sites, in the South‑east, where the gas 
resource can be reformed into hydrogen 
which will then be sold to local or national 
customers. We expect to advance these 
projects in 2021.

14

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Outlook
Given the rapidly changing environment that 
the COVID-19 pandemic has created, it is still 
difficult to forecast with accuracy the full 
extent of the pandemic’s impact on business. 
However, through all of this, the underlying 
operations of the Company remained safe 
and steadfast, and projects continued to 
be brought online. None of this could have 
been achieved without the commitment and 
resilience of all our teams. 

I am excited about the various energy 
transition opportunities that we have 
identified in our existing and new businesses. 
Our land portfolio is well suited to the 
development of renewable and hybrid 
flexible power generation and our assets  
have the potential for carbon storage close  
to emitters.

The BGS recently estimated that geothermal 
energy resources in the UK are sufficient 
to deliver about 100 years of heat supply 
for the entire UK. The publication of the UK 
Government's Ten Point Plan and Energy 
White Paper provides a strong platform 
for our geothermal business to contribute 
significantly towards the decarbonisation of 
large‑scale heat.

We look forward to advancing these and  
other opportunities that will allow IGas to 
make material contributions to the Green 
Energy Revolution whilst continuing to 
maximise returns from our conventional 
portfolio given the clear need for oil and gas 
in a 2050 net zero environment.

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

15

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic ReportFinancial Review

Sharp focus  
on costs and cash 
preservation

“The Group continues 
to closely monitor and 
manage its liquidity 
risks.”

During 2020, the average monthly price of 
Brent crude ranged between $16/bbl and 
$70/bbl. The lower average price of $42/bbl 
for the year versus $64/bbl for 2019 had a 
negative impact on our revenues. The average 
GBP/USD exchange rate for the year was 
broadly in line with the previous year at  
£1: $1.29 (2019: £1: $1.28).

For the year ended 31 December 2020 
adjusted EBITDA was £4.0 million (2019: 
£13.8 million) whilst a loss was recognised 
from continuing activities after tax of £42.1 
million (2019: loss £49.8 million). The main 
factors driving the movements between the 
years were as follows: 

•  Revenues decreased to £21.6 million 

(2019: £40.9 million) principally due to 
lower oil prices and a 17% decrease in oil 
sales volumes as a number of sites were 
shut‑in for a period due to the impact of 
COVID-19. This was partially offset by  
a realised gain on oil price hedges of  
£4.6 million;

•  Other costs of sales decreased to 

£17.5 million (2019: £20.5 million). 
Operating costs were £3.0 million lower 
than the prior year as the decision to 
temporarily shut in a number of sites led 
to lower production, transportation and 
maintenance costs; 

•  DD&A decreased to £6.0 million (2019: 
£9.1 million) due to lower production 
volumes and the impact of an increase  
in reserves on the depletion rate;

16

•  Administrative expenses increased by 
£0.8 million to £5.3 million (2019:  
£4.5 million). Savings during the year 
following cost saving measures were 
offset by redundancy costs of £0.6 million, 
one-off acquisition costs related to GTE of 
£0.2 million and lower allocation to capital 
projects and lower recoveries from partners 
due to lower activity during the year;
•  An impairment of £38.5 million (2019: 
£nil) was recognised on oil and gas 
assets due to lower oil price forecasts. 
Exploration and evaluation assets of £0.1 
million were written off during the year 
(2019: £53.9 million written off primarily 
relating to our shale assets in the North 
West following the effective moratorium 
on fracking in England);

•  Net finance costs decreased to £2.2 million  
(2019: £3.4 million) due to lower borrowings 
combined with lower interest costs 
following the refinancing in October 2019 
and gains on foreign exchange; and

•  A tax credit of £2.0 million was recognised 

mainly due to adjustment to losses 
brought forward due to Ring Fence 
Expenditure Supplement claims (2019: 
£9.3 million recognised due to the 
recognition of a deferred tax asset  
relating to ring‑fence tax losses).

Income statement
The Group recognised revenues of £21.6 million 
for the year (2019: £40.9 million). Group 
production for the year averaged 1,907 boepd 
(2019: 2,325 boepd). Revenues included  
£1.1 million (2019: £2.4 million) relating to  
the sale of third party oil, the bulk of which  
is processed through our gathering centre 
at Holybourne in the Weald Basin. 

The average pre‑hedge realised price for  
the year was $39.1/bbl (2019: $61.7/bbl)  
and post-hedge $48.4/bbl (2019: $60.1/bbl).  
A gain of £4.6 million was realised on hedges 
during the year due to a successful hedging 
programme (2019: realised loss of £1.0 million). 
The average GBP/USD exchange rate for the 
year was £1: $1.29 (2019: £1: $1.28).

Cost of sales for the year were £23.5 million 
(2019: £29.6 million) including depreciation, 
depletion and amortisation (DD&A) of £6.0 
million (2019: £9.1 million), and operating 
costs of £17.5 million (2019: £20.5 million). 
Operating costs were £3.0 million lower than 
the prior year due to decrease in production 
and transportation costs of $1.4 million and 
maintenance costs of $0.6 million. Operating 
costs include a cost of £1.0 million (2019:  
£2.2 million) relating to third party oil.  
The contribution received from processing 
this third party oil was £0.1 million (2019: 
£0.2 million). 

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Debt (nominal value excluding capitalised expenses)

Cash and cash equivalents

Net Debt

31 December 
2020 
£m

31 December 
2019 
£m

(14.6)

2.4

(12.2)

(14.4)

8.2

(6.2)

Cash flow
Net cash generated from operating activities 
for the year was £3.6 million (2019: £12.0 
million). The decrease was primarily due to 
lower revenue, net of realised hedge income, 
and working capital movements. The decrease 
was partially offset by cost savings.

The Group invested £8.5 million across  
its asset base during the year (2019:  
£6.4 million). £6.2 million was invested  
in our conventional assets primarily on the 
Scampton North and Welton waterflood 
projects and to optimise existing facilities 
and systems. £2.3 million, net of recoveries 
from our joint venture partners, was invested 
in progressing the Group's shale programme 
and on working up additional exploration 
opportunities on conventional assets.

The Group spent £1.3 million on its 
abandonment programme during the year 
(2019: £1.8 million).

The Group made a net drawdown of £0.9 
million ($1.0 million) under its Reserve Based 
Lending facility (the RBL) and paid £0.9 
million ($1.2 million) in loan interest (2019: 
£2.0 million ($2.6 million)).

To protect against the volatile oil price, the 
Group places commodity hedges for a period 
of up to 12 months. As at 31 December 2020, 
the Group had hedged a total of 369,600 
bbls for 2021, using a combination of collars 
(166,800 bbls at an average downside 
protected price of $43.0/bbl) and fixed price 
swaps (202,800 bbls at an average fixed price 
of $44.7/bbl).

Cash and cash equivalents were £2.4 million 
at the end of the year (2019: £8.2 million).

Balance Sheet
Net assets decreased by £39.8 million to  
£73.3 million at 31 December 2020 (2019: 
£113.1 million), mainly related to an 
impairment of oil and gas assets of £38.5 
million (2019: £nil).

The Group recognised an intangible 
development asset of £3.2 million on the 
acquisition of GTE in September 2020.

The Group also recognised an increase in the 
net deferred tax asset of £2.0 million due to 
a decrease in accelerated capital allowances 
liability offset by a decrease in losses 
recognised (2019: increase in net deferred tax 
asset of £9.3 million).

Changes to the estimate of decommissioning 
costs following an internal review increased 
both assets and liabilities by £6.2 million 
(2019: increase of £7.7 million). 

At 31 December 2020, right of use assets 
capitalised was £7.7 million (2019: £7.7 
million) and lease liabilities increased to  
£7.5 million (2019: £7.2 million) (see note 14).

At 31 December 2020, the Group has a 
combined carried gross work programme 
of up to $218 million (£160 million) (2019: 
$214 million (£161 million)) from its partner, 
INEOS Upstream Limited. In 2020, £0.4 
million (2019: £7.3 million) gross costs were 
carried, principally in relation to activities at 
Springs Road, which have not been included 
in the additions to intangible exploration and 
evaluation assets during the year.

Borrowings increased from £13.1 million  
to £13.7 million due to net drawdowns of  
£0.9 million, offset by a revaluation gain  
of £0.6 million and amortisation of capitalised 
fees of £0.3 million. 

Net debt at the year end, being the nominal 
value of borrowings less cash and cash 
equivalents, was £12.2 million (2019:  
£6.2 million).

Operating costs per barrel of oil equivalent 
(boe) were £25.8 ($33.3), excluding third party 
costs (2019: £23.6 ($30.1) per boe). Savings in 
absolute operating costs were offset by lower 
production volumes. 

Adjusted EBITDA in the year was £4.0 million 
(2019: £13.8 million). The gross loss for the 
year was £1.9 million (2019: gross profit of 
£11.3 million). 

Administrative costs increased by £0.8 million 
to £5.3 million (2019: £4.5 million). A cost 
saving programme reduced costs by c.£0.6 
million net of redundancy costs of £0.6 million.  
However, net administrative costs increased 
due to a lower allocation to capital projects 
and lower recoveries from partners due to 
lower activity during the year. The Group also 
incurred costs related to the acquisition of  
GTE of £0.2 million.

An impairment of £38.5 million was 
recognised on oil and gas assets during the 
period (2019: £nil) primarily as a result of 
lower oil price forecasts. The future cash flows 
were estimated using price assumptions for 
Brent of $50-55/bbl for the years 2021-2022 
and $60/bbl thereafter. Management also 
performed sensitivity analysis on the key 
assumptions. See note 12 for further details. 

Exploration and evaluation assets of  
£0.1 million were written off during the year 
(2019: £53.9 million written off primarily 
relating to our shale assets in the North  
West following the effective moratorium on 
fracking in England).

Net finance costs were £2.2 million (2019: 
£3.4 million) primarily related to interest and 
fees on borrowings of £1.3 million (2019: 
£1.9 million) and the unwinding of discount 
on provisions of £1.5 million (2019: £1.3 
million), offset by a net foreign exchange 
gain of £1.5 million, principally on US dollar 
denominated debt and US dollar bank 
balances and a successful foreign exchange 
hedging programme (2019: gain £0.3 million). 
Interest on leases was £0.8 million (2019: 
£0.7 million).

The Group recognised a net gain on oil price 
derivatives of £3.5 million for the year  
(2019: loss £3.3 million) and a gain on  
foreign exchange hedges of £0.2 million 
(2019: gain £0.3 million).

A tax credit of £2.0 million was recognised 
mainly due to the adjustment to losses 
brought forward due to Ring Fence 
Expenditure Supplement claims (2019: a 
tax credit of £9.3 million mainly due to the 
recognition of a deferred tax asset relating  
to ring‑fence tax losses).

17

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic ReportFinancial Review continued

Going Concern 
The Group continues to closely monitor and 
manage its liquidity risks. Cash flow forecasts 
for the Group are regularly produced based 
on, inter alia, the Group's production and 
expenditure forecasts, management's best 
estimate of future oil prices, management’s 
best estimate of foreign exchange rates and 
the Group's available loan facility under the 
RBL. Sensitivities are run to reflect different 
scenarios including, but not limited to, possible 
further reductions in commodity prices, 
strengthening of sterling and reductions in 
forecast oil and gas production rates. 

The ability of the Group to operate as a going 
concern is dependent upon the continued 
availability of future cash flows and the 
availability of the monies drawn under its RBL, 
which is re‑determined semi‑annually based 
on various parameters (including oil price and 
level of reserves) and is also dependent on 
the Group not breaching its RBL covenants. 
Whilst we have better financial flexibility 
and a reduced overall cost of debt under the 
RBL and have successfully completed the 
2020 year-end re-determination, we have 
re‑evaluated our priorities in the short‑term 
to ensure we weather both any oil price 
weakness and other impacts of COVID-19, 
including potential disruption to the Group’s 
operational activities which could impact 
earnings, cash flows and financial condition  
of the Group.

The COVID-19 pandemic developed rapidly 
in 2020, with a significant number of cases 
worldwide. Measures taken by various 
governments to contain the virus affected 
global economic activity and resulted in a 
significant reduction in demand for oil. The 
fall in oil demand led to a fall in oil prices 
from around $60/bbl at the start of 2020 
to a low of under $20/bbl in April 2020. 
Although the oil price has recovered sharply 
since then, to close 2020 above $50/bbl and 
has had a strong start to 2021, there remains 
significant uncertainty as to how COVID-19 
and its aftermath will impact economies, oil 
demand and therefore oil price over the near 
and mid‑term.

Management has also considered the impact 
of the COVID-19 global crisis on the Group’s 
operations. We continue to monitor the 
situation closely and act within Government 
guidelines and have a number of contingency 
plans in place should our operations be 
significantly affected by the coronavirus. 
Many of our sites are remotely manned  
and at this stage we are well equipped as 
a business to ensure we maintain business 
continuity. Our production comes from a 
large number of wells in a variety of locations 
and we have flexibility in our off-take 
arrangements. We continue to liaise and  
co‑operate with all the relevant regulators. 

The Group’s base case cash flow forecast 
was run with average oil prices of $61/bbl 
for 2021 and $58/bbl in 2022, with a foreign 
exchange rate of $1.40/£1 during the period. 
Our modelling included the benefits of the 
Group’s commodity hedging policy with 
369,600 bbls hedged at an average minimum 
price of $44/bbl. Our forecasts show that the 
Group will have sufficient financial headroom 
to meet its financial covenants based on the 
existing RBL facility. Given the uncertainties 
described above, the level of Group revenues 
and availability of facilities under the RBL are 
inherently uncertain. As such management 
has also prepared a downside forecast with 
average oil prices at $63/bbl in the second 
quarter of 2021 and have then modelled in 
a sudden crash in price to $43/bbl in July 
2021 with prices remaining at that level for 
a year before increasing to $45/bbl in July 
2022. Our downside case also included an 
average reduction in production of 5% over 
the period and a strengthening of sterling 
against the US dollar with rates moving to 
$1.45 by October 2021 and remaining at this 
level for 2022. To manage the impact of the 
downside scenario modelled, management 
would take mitigating actions, including 
further commodity hedging, delaying capital 
expenditure and additional reductions in 
costs in order to remain within the Group's 
debt liquidity covenants. All such mitigating 
actions are within management's control. 

In the downside case, management would 
also consider additional cash generating 
opportunities for the Group. While 
management acknowledges that these may 
not be completely in our control, we have 
assumed that cash flow from some of these 
opportunities would be available in 2022.  
In this downside scenario, our forecast shows 
that the Group will have sufficient financial 
headroom to meet its financial covenants for 
the 12 months from the date of approval of 
the financial statements. However, should 
oil price or demand (and therefore revenue) 
fall below our downside scenario oil price 
forecast, the Group may not have sufficient 
funds available for 12 months from the date 
of approval of these financial statements.

As a result, at the date of approval of the 
financial statements, there continues to 
be a material uncertainty in respect of the 
potential impact of COVID-19 on the Group’s 
operational activities and future commodity 
prices. These material uncertainties may cast 
significant doubt upon the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern. Notwithstanding 
these material uncertainties, the Directors 
have a reasonable expectation that the 
Group has adequate resources to continue 
in existence for the foreseeable future and 
have concluded it is appropriate to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting in 
the preparation of the financial statements. 
The financial statements do not include the 
adjustments that would result if the Group 
was unable to continue as a going concern.

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

18

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Realised Price Per Barrel

Realised price per barrel

G&A per boe

Other operating cost 
(underlying) per boe

Well services per boe

Transportation and 
storage per poe

2020 
$

48.4

10.3

2019 
$

60.1

7.0

24.3

5.4

22.2

4.5

3.6

3.4

Adjusted EBITDA
Adjusted EBITDA and underlying operating (loss)/profit are considered by the Company to be 
useful additional measures to help understand underlying performance.

Adjusted EBITDA

Loss before tax

Net finance costs

Loss on refinancing

Changes in fair value of contingent consideration

Depletion, depreciation & amortisation

Impairments/write-offs

EBITDA

Lease rentals capitalised under IFRS 16

Share‑based payment charge

Unrealised loss on hedges

Redundancy costs

Acquisition costs

Adjusted EBITDA

Underlying operating (loss)/profit

Operating loss

Lease rentals capitalised under IFRS 16

Share‑based payment charge

Impairments/write-offs

Unrealised loss on hedges

Redundancy costs

Acquisition costs

Underlying operating (loss)/profit

Revenues

Adjusted EBITDA

Underlying operating (loss)/profit

Loss after tax

Net cash from operating activities

Net debt1

Cash and cash equivalents

Net assets

2020 
£m

(44.1)

2.2

–

0.2

6.3

38.6

3.2

(1.8)

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.2

4.0

2020 
£m

(42.1)

(1.8)

1.0

38.6

0.8

0.6

0.2

(2.7)

2020 
£m

21.6

4.0

(2.7)

(42.1)

3.6

12.2

2.4

73.3

2019 
£m

(59.1)

3.4

0.7

–

9.2

58.7

12.9

(2.0)

0.8

2.1

–

–

13.8

2019 
£m

(55.0)

(2.0)

0.8

58.7

2.1

–

–

4.6

2019 
£m

40.9

13.8

4.6

(49.8)

12.0

6.2

8.2

113.1

1  Net debt is borrowings less cash and cash equivalents excluding capitalised fees.

19

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic ReportKey Performance Indicators

Measuring  
our progress
Non-financial

IGas tracks both financial and non-financial metrics to help  
the Group manage its long‑term performance and measure  
progress against its strategy.

Lost Time Injuries (LTI) (number)

Progress on Development – asset optimisation, oil and gas opportunities and diversification

Nil

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Nil

Nil

One

Two

Nil

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

Completed the acquisition of GTE, a geothermal developer with a flagship 
project in Stoke-on-Trent. Signed partnership agreement with BayoTech for 
development of hydrogen on existing sites. Scampton waterflood project online.

Drilled a vertical well at Springs Road and announced a world‑class shale  
discovery in June. 

Completed site construction at both Tinker Lane and Springs Road; drilled a vertical 
well at Tinker Lane and plugged and abandoned the well following completion 
of drilling; and appealed the decision for flow tests at Ellesmere Port following 
rejection of the application by Chester West and Chester council.

Granted planning permission for a vertical well in PEDL 200 (Tinker Lane); planning 
conditions discharged and site construction commenced for both Springs Road and 
Tinker Lane; submitted planning application for flow tests at existing Ellesmere 
Port well; and submitted a scoping request for drilling and hydraulically fracturing  
a well at Ince Marshes in the NW.

Granted planning consent for two wells (horizontal and vertical) in PEDL 139/140 
(Springs Road); submitted planning application for drilling in PEDL 200 (Tinker 
Lane); received five new shale licences in the 14th Round; and completed 
interpretation of 3-D seismic in the NW.

Reasons for choice

Health and safety is of paramount importance 
to us in providing the highest level of 
protection to all our stakeholders.

The Group intends to play an important role in the UK’s energy transition and position  
itself as a flexible deliverer of a variety of energy sources whilst maximising opportunities  
in its existing business.

How we measure

We tracked nine leading and eleven lagging 
indicators during the year and these are 
reported to the Board on a monthly basis. We 
aim to have zero LTIs but when we do have an 
LTI this is fully investigated with clear remedial 
action as required and communication of 
learnings to the organisation.

Target and results for 2020

The target was to have zero LTIs and  
this was achieved in the year. We have  
again maintained our ISO 9001 and  
14001 accreditations with no major  
non-conformances identified.

Remuneration

This measure is used to determine  
the level of annual cash bonus.

20

Progress against budgeted work programmes is tracked on a monthly basis and reported  
to the Board. Where progress is slower than expectations, actions are taken to understand  
the reasons and issues addressed.

The key target was to complete a strategic partnership or acquisition. This has been successfully 
achieved by the acquisition of GTE and the partnership with BayoTech, both of which will 
contribute to IGas’ diversification and asset optimisation strategy.

This measure is used to determine the level of annual cash bonus.

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial

Production (boepd)

1,907 boepd

Operating Costs ($/boe)

$33.3/boe

Operating cash flow before working  
capital movements (£m)

£3.3m

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

1,907 boepd

2020

2,325 boepd

2019

2,258 boepd

2018

2,335 boepd

2017

2,355 boepd

2016

$33.3/boe

2020

$30.1/boe

2019

$32.0/boe

2018

$28.5/boe

2017

$28.8/boe

2016

£3.3m

£14.3m

£11.6m

£8.9m

£9.6m

Reasons for choice

The Group aims to maintain production levels 
to provide operating cash flow for funding 
of the Group. To ensure this target is met an 
appropriate level of capital investment is 
planned to mitigate against the underlying 
decline in our mature fields.

How we measure

Operating costs per boe is a key focus  
for the Group as keeping costs low will 
improve the cash that we generate from  
our producing assets.

Operating cash flow is key to providing 
funding for investing in the business as  
we pursue our growth strategy.

Daily and weekly production is monitored 
for all producing assets and reported weekly 
to senior management and monthly to the 
Board. Monthly production forecasts are 
prepared during the year to measure progress 
against the production target.

Operating costs are monitored closely to 
ensure that budget targets are being met. 
Operating costs are reported on a monthly 
basis to the Board and actions are taken,  
as required, to control costs in line with  
the budget.

Operating cash flow is reported to the Board 
on a monthly basis. Regular forecasts are 
undertaken to ensure operating cash flow  
is in line with budget, as well as longer‑term 
forecasts to ensure that the strategy of the 
business can be adequately funded.

Target and results for 2020

Production for 2020 was 1,907 boepd which 
was within the revised target range of 1,850 
– 2,050 boepd. During the year, management 
took action to mitigate the immediate 
impacts of COVID-19 and the fall in oil price 
by shutting in sites to preserve cash resulting 
in a decrease in production of c.600 boepd. 
Against the challenges presented by the 
pandemic, production remained robust 
and an important waterflood project, at 
our Scampton site, was brought online as 
scheduled.

Remuneration

Operating costs for 2020 were $33.3/boe 
exceeding the target of $31.1 set for the year. 
Absolute operating costs were below budget 
for the year at £17.5 million. However, this was 
offset by the fall in production rates due to 
the temporary shut‑in of sites. 

Operating cash flow before working capital 
movements for 2020 was £3.3 million which 
did not achieve the target set for the year. The 
COVID-19 pandemic had a significant impact 
on commodity prices for the year. We acted 
to mitigate the fall in oil price by shutting in 
sites to preserve cash which has a positive 
impact on cashflow of c.£0.5 million. As low 
commodity prices continued we undertook a 
further, in‑depth review of costs. The outcome 
of that exercise resulted in a redundancy 
programme, salary replacement for the 
Board and senior executives, and a reduction 
in benefits across the organisation. These 
measures coupled with the costs savings 
made in the first half of the year generated  
a cash saving in 2020 of £0.6 million.

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

This measure is used to determine the level 
of annual cash bonus.

21

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic ReportDirection of change

Increase

No change

Decrease

Change

Risk Management

Understanding the risks 
associated with our operations

Risk 

Strategic

1.  Exposure to political risk

This can include changes in Government or 
the effect of a local or national referendum. 
These political risks can result in changes in 
the regulatory or fiscal environment (including 
taxation) which could affect the Group’s ability 
to deliver its strategy.

2.  Strategy performance 

Strategy fails to meet shareholder 
expectations.

3.  Climate change

Changes in laws, regulations, policies, 
obligations and social attitudes relating to 
the transition to a lower carbon economy 
could lead to higher costs, or reduced demand 
and prices for hydrocarbons, impacting the 
profitability of the Group.

Executive 
Ownership

Mitigation

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

Directly and through UKOOG and other industry 
associations, the Group engages with Government and 
other appropriate organisations to ensure the Group is kept 
abreast of expected potential changes and takes an active 
role in making appropriate representations.

Provide clear, transparent and consistent communication 
to all stakeholders. Ensure delivery against the five-year 
plan. Regular meetings with shareholders and potential 
shareholders.

The Group works closely with regulators to ensure that all 
required planning consents and permits for operations 
are in place and maintains continual dialogue with all 
stakeholders to understand emerging requirements. The 
Board actively reviews the Group’s strategy to ensure it 
remains relevant and will provide long‑term returns  
to shareholders. The Group’s strategy includes 
diversification into the wider energy market such as 
geothermal energy and hydrogen generation which it 
believes can form a key part of the UK’s transition to net 
zero in 2050 developing a competitive advantage and 
distinguishing IGas from its peers.

4.  Cyber security

Exposure to a serious cyber‑attack which 
could affect the confidentiality of data, the 
availability of critical business information 
and cause disruption to our operations.

Development 
Director – 
Ross Glover

The Group outsources its provision of IT equipment and 
help desk services to a third party and ensures that staff 
are trained in security awareness. The Group has been 
accredited with Cyber Essential Plus which demonstrates 
commitment to cyber security.

Operational

5.  Planning, environmental, regulatory, 
 licensing and other permitting risks
Planning, environmental, licensing and 
other permitting risks associated with 
operations and, in particular, with drilling 
and production operations.

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

The Group considers that such risks are partially 
mitigated through compliance with regulations, proactive 
engagement with regulators, communities and the 
expertise and experience of its team. Continual dialogue 
with local authorities to understand requirements.

6.  Oil or gas production 

Oil or gas is not produced in the anticipated 
quantities from any or all of the Group’s 
assets or that oil or gas cannot be delivered 
economically.

Production 
Director – 
Chris Beard

The Group considers that such risks are mitigated given 
that its producing assets are located in established oil 
and gas producing areas, there is a portfolio of producing 
assets and its operating staff have extensive expertise and 
experience.

22

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk 

Operational continued

7.  Shale gas resources

Successful development of shale gas 
resources is not achieved. Effective 
moratorium remains in place.

8.  Loss of key staff 
Loss of key staff.

9.  Pandemic

Exposure to a global pandemic, such as 
COVID-19, that leads to reduction in staff 
availability, disruption to the Group’s 
operations and delays to the supply chain.

Financial

10.  Oil market price risk

Exposure to market price risk through 
variations in the wholesale price of oil in  
the context of the production from oil fields  
it owns and operates.

11.  Gas and electricity market price risk   
Exposure to market price risk through 
variations in the wholesale price of gas  
and electricity in the context of its future 
unconventional production volumes.

Executive 
Ownership

Mitigation

Change

Development 
Director – 
Ross Glover

The Group continues to work with Joint Venture Partners, 
other operators, the Government and regulators to 
undertake a body of scientific work to allow the submission 
of a Hydraulic Fracture Plan.

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

CEO – 
Stephen  
Bowler

Provide and maintain a competitive remuneration package 
to attract the correct calibre of staff. Build a strong and 
unified team and ensure we have a clearly defined people 
strategy based on culture and talent.

Development plans in place for all staff.

The Board has put in place business continuity plans to 
manage any disruption to operations. Ensure staff are kept 
healthy and safe and the Group complies with all guidance 
issued by the Government at the time. Office staff work 
from home where possible and the necessary technology 
and equipment are in place to maintain this. Liaison with all 
regulators to ensure that the Group remains compliant with 
all permits and regulatory standards.

Finance 
Director – 
Frances Ward

The Group has hedged a total of 369,600 barrels over the 
year to 31 December 2021, at an average floor price of 
$43.9/bbl through a mixture of swaps and collars.

The Board seeks to underpin the Group’s future cash flows 
by entering into a combination of swaps and collars for 
baseline production to cover 12 months forward. The Board 
will continue to monitor the benefits of such hedging.

Finance 
Director – 
Frances Ward

The Board monitors the benefit of entering into contracts at 
the appropriate time to protect against gas and electricity 
price volatility.

12.  Exchange rate risk 

Exposure to exchange rate risk through both 
its major source of revenue and its major 
borrowings being priced in $.

Finance 
Director – 
Frances Ward

The Board monitors the cash flows of the Group to ensure 
currency exposure is understood. Exchange rate hedges 
are considered to ensure that cash inflows in US dollars are 
matched with Sterling cash outflows.

13.  Liquidity risk 

Exposure, through its operations,  
to liquidity risk.

Finance 
Director – 
Frances Ward

The Board regularly reviews the Group’s cash forecasts and 
the adequacy of available facilities to meet the Group’s cash 
requirements.

14.  Capital risk 

The Group is exposed to capital risk resulting 
from its capital structure, including operating 
within the covenants of its RBL facility.

Finance 
Director – 
Frances Ward

The capital structure is continually monitored to ensure 
it is in line with the business needs and ongoing asset 
development. Further details of the Group’s capital 
management policy are disclosed in note 24 to the 
consolidated financial statements.

23

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sustainable and Responsible Business

Committed to  
responsible  
development

As set out last year, 
we have a focus 
on the following 
United Nations’ 
Sustainable 
Development Goals:

The Company strongly believes that corporate 
responsibility is integral to business success. 
IGas is compliant with all relevant regulation 
and legislation whilst enhancing the working 
environment for its employees and minimising 
the environmental impact of its operations.

As we transition to a greater use of renewable 
energy, responsibly sourced and extracted 
natural resources will continue to play a 
key role as the UK manages the transition 
to net zero. The projects that retain value 
for all stakeholders will be those that are 
cost effective, deliver societal benefits, and 
minimise the impact of greenhouse gases  
into the atmosphere.

This commitment to environmental and 
social sustainability begins with operational 
excellence – taking care of our workforce and 
ensuring minimal direct environmental impact 
across our operations. Health and safety is 
paramount for IGas, and we work hard to 
deliver a strong performance in this area.

Health and Safety
IGas operates to established company and 
industry standards and processes which 
ensure provision of safe and responsible 
working practices across all activities.  
Our internal health and safety policies  
are aimed at:

•  Ensuring healthy working conditions within 
an environment of complete security for 
employees and contractors; and

•  Implementing operating standards that  
are legally and ethically compatible.

We ensure colleagues have access to 
affordable healthcare and aim to achieve 
top quartile industry performance on our 
occupational safety measures. 

This is demonstrated through IGas achieving 
the RoSPA Presidents Award again, 
representing 14 years of commitment to 
Occupational Health and Safety.

Incidents rates year on year decreased and the 
Company’s incident rate remains substantially 
below published industry statistic rates, based 
on number of employees and hours worked. 
IGas’ goal continues to be to eliminate work 
place injuries and it is pleased to report there 
were zero LTIs during 2020.

As part of a concerted effort to further improve 
Health & Safety within the Company ‘Hazard’ 
reporting has improved significantly with over 
twice the number of observations reported 
this year as were reported during 2019. 

Our Incident, Emergency and Crisis Procedure 
was updated into a simple, single document 
supported by site specific Local Emergency 
Action Plans for all major sites. In support 
of the update, a programme of emergency 
response exercises has commenced and we 
have consequently exceeded our Emergency 
Response Exercise KPI for 2020. The 
programme of Emergency Response Exercises 
continues into 2021 ensuring that response 
plans are properly understood and will work 
in the event of an emergency. Emergency 
response plans, equipment and resources  
are reviewed annually.

COVID-19 Response
Coronavirus clearly presents a 
strategic workforce challenge to every 
organisation and IGas’ first priority is 
keeping its people safe.

Offices were shut down to all but 
essential staff during March 2020 and 
the Company achieved a rapid rollout  
of software enabling large numbers  
of employees to continue to work from 
home throughout the year. Procedures 
were rolled out for operational 
employees focusing on maintaining 
social distancing and increased levels  
of hygiene. 

24

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Environment
The protection of the environment is a core 
business objective for IGas. We are committed 
to working with regulators to ensure that 
any activity is undertaken safely and with as 
little impact to the environment as possible. 
Throughout our operations and the lifecycle  
of our wells, robust safety measures are in 
place to protect the environment.

IGas operates an ISO 14001 certified 
Environmental Management System and 
by doing so demonstrates, via external 
assurance, that the systems and processes 
which we apply to our business in the 
management and determination of 
environmental risk are robust. In August 
2020, our certification for both ISO 9001 and 
14001 were successfully renewed and we 
demonstrated many examples of continual 
improvement.

As part of our programme of continual 
improvement we continue to pursue  
ever more effective methods of fulfilling  
our environmental reporting obligations. 
During 2020, significant savings have been 
realised with efficiencies found in how 
we collate and subsequently report on 
environmental emissions. 

We work with the EA and the MPA to ensure 
that we adhere to high standards through a 
series of formal and informal audits, review 
and general discussion with the MPAs and 
other key regulators.

During the year, as part of a process initiated 
by the EA and ongoing since 2016 to review 
the permitting of all onshore oil and gas 
sites, we continued to submit re‑permitting 
submissions for our existing sites. 

IGas recognises that water is a critical 
natural resource, essential to life, health 
and sustainable social and economic 
development. Water is also a key component 
of our operations and as such, we accept our 
role in the responsible and efficient use of 
this valuable resource. IGas is committed to 
identifying, monitoring and mitigating the 
impact on water supplies associated with  
our operations. 

The Company seeks to ensure all waste 
streams are recycled and not disposed 
of in order to minimise the impact on the 
environment. We regularly audit our waste 
streams and work closely with our contractors 
to ensure the appropriate recovery and 
recycle options are used.

IGas accepts its responsibility to comply with 
applicable biodiversity protection laws and 
regulations in areas where we operate. We 
therefore endeavour not to adversely impact 
biodiversity and natural habitats through our 
presence and operations. 

During 2020, the HSEQ team developed a 
number of Group wide environmental KPIs 
of which one measured our efficiency at 
utilising gaseous by‑products. We established 
that rather than being flared or vented, near 
60% of the gas produced across our sites is 
used constructively, for heating, generation 
of electricity or export. Projects that have 
recently come online, such as the Scampton 
North waterflood, will improve this further. 
The Scampton waterflood uses gas, which 
might have otherwise been flared, to both 
produce electricity and warm produced 
fluids separating it into crude oil and 
produced water. In addition, as part of the 
environmental re‑permitting, a review of gas 
management on all IGas’ permitted sites is 
well underway.

Climate Change and GHG Emissions 
IGas recognises the risk that climate change 
poses to society and to its business. 

We support the UK’s transition to a low 
carbon economy, through the responsible 
development and production of domestic 
onshore oil and gas in alignment with 
the Committee on Climate Change 
recommendations and also through our 
investment in low carbon technologies  
such as geothermal and hydrogen.

Our approach to managing our GHG 
emissions involves:

•  The efficient operation of our existing 

equipment and infrastructure, including 
minimising flaring and venting; and

•  The installation of best available 

technology into all new projects to 
minimise their carbon intensity.

Streamlined energy and Carbon 
Reporting (SECR) Disclosure 
The Companies (Directors’ Report) and 
Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and 
Carbon Report) Regulations 2018 implement 
the government’s policy on SECR, requiring 
disclosure of the environmental performance 
of the Group’s assets through calculating 
the Group’s GHG emissions. Our disclosure 
presents our carbon footprint across Scope 1 
and 2 together with an appropriate intensity 
metric and total energy use.

Methodology
GHG emissions are quantified and reported 
according to the Greenhouse Gas Protocol. 
Consumption and production data has been 
collated and converted into CO2 equivalent 
using the UK Government 2020 Conversion 
Factors1 for Company Reporting to calculate 
emissions from corresponding activity data.  
To collect both consumption and production 
data, the Group has reviewed emissions data 
related to production, electricity purchases, 
fuel purchases related to mileage in group‑
owned vehicles as well as staff expenses 
related to business mileage in private vehicles.

This information has been prepared in 
accordance with the GHG Protocol’s 
Guidance. Data collected relates to the most 
recent 12 month period where data was 
available. Comparative information has not 
been disclosed as this is the Group’s first year 
of mandatory reporting. 

The GHG sources that constitute our 
operational boundary for the reporting  
period are:

•  Scope 1: Direct emissions from company‑

owned and controlled resources.
•  Scope 2: Indirect emissions from 

purchased energy.

Total GHG emissions and energy use with all 
IGas 2020 activities:

•  Scope 1 emissions: 45.55k t CO2eq
•  Scope 2 emissions: 0.18k t CO2e 
•  Emissions intensity ratio: 47kg CO2e/boe
•  Energy consumption: 10,572 MWh.

IGas complies with all of its environmental 
permits in respect to emissions.

Energy Efficiency Action
In 2020, projects we have brought online 
such as the Scampton North waterflood will 
not only reduce direct CO2e site emissions 
to air but, with the produced water being 
separated and injected on site, the number 
of vehicle movements will be reduced and 
therefore, so will indirect site CO2e emissions.

The Company is continually reviewing 
its energy consumption and developing 
new technologies such as geothermal and 
hydrogen with the aim of delivering on‑going 
reductions in emissions and thereby reducing 
its emissions intensity ratio. The Company 
also aims to reduce its Scope 2 emissions 
(the purchasing of energy) to zero by better 
utilising the resources it produces.

1   Where conversion factors for specific compounds 
are not published by the UK Government suitable 
values have been sourced from reputable 
alternative sources. 

25

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Strategic ReportCorporate Governance Statement

Introduction to 
Governance

“Throughout the 
year the Company 
continued to engage 
with our shareholders 
and stakeholders on 
the current position  
of the business and  
its future strategy.”

Dear Shareholder,
As Interim Chair of the Company, I have 
overall responsibility for ensuring that good 
corporate governance is embraced by IGas 
and the Group as a whole. In doing so, I 
work with, and consider, the views of all 
Board members, the Executive Committee 
(Excom) and the Company’s advisors. The 
Board is fully committed to ensuring that 
high standards of governance, values 
and behaviours are consistently applied 
throughout the Group, helping to ensure 
the integrity of our business, the successful 
delivery of our strategy and the long‑term 
success of the Group as a whole.

The Company continues to adopt and 
comply with the Quoted Companies Alliance 
Corporate Governance Code (QCA Code) and 
implement its ten principles of corporate 
governance. 

We report our compliance with the QCA 
Code through pages 27 and 28 of this Annual 
Report and the Corporate Governance 
section of our website. Governance for 
us includes a broad number of structures, 
activities and controls, as well as different 
levels of accountability and responsibility. 

Since the onset of the COVID-19 crisis the 
Board has adopted working from home 
procedures and has also sponsored the 
application of working practices in line 
with government advice throughout the 
Company’s operations. It has increased 
monitoring of the potential impacts of the 
crisis on the Company including reviewing a 
range of cash flow projections incorporating 
downside price and other scenarios and is 
keeping Company strategies and potential 
opportunities under review.

Throughout the year the Company continued 
to engage with our shareholders and 
stakeholders on the current position of the 
business and its future strategy. Further 
information on our stakeholder engagement 
can be found on pages 8 to 11. Our primary 
means of communicating the Group’s 
corporate governance structure is through 
the Annual Report and various disclosures 
made on our website. Nevertheless, where 
specific questions are raised by private 
individual shareholders and institutional 
investors, we engage directly with those 
shareholders, principally through the 
Chief Executive Officer and the Director 
of Corporate Affairs or, where appropriate, 
certain other members of our Excom, namely 
the Finance Director and Technical Director. 

We seek to communicate our corporate 
culture through staff presentations and 
inductions. We rely on our management 
structure, and our internal reporting 
structures to assess whether these core 
values have been respected, and our  
Director of Human Resources is tasked  
with monitoring internal compliance  
on an ongoing basis. 

IGas is committed to diversity, including 
gender diversity and we have a number  
of women in senior management roles. 
However, we fully recognise that the  
Board could be more gender diverse in  
its composition and will seek to further 
address gender diversity when recruiting  
for Board vacancies. The Board includes  
one Independent Non‑executive Director.  
We recognise that this does not follow the 
best practice recommended by the QCA Code, 
which envisages that the Board has at least 
two Independent Non‑executive Directors, 
and the Nomination Committee had intended 
to review this position in 2020 but, due to 
the impact of COVID-19 and the competing 
priorities of the Group, this review had to be 
delayed. The review will be undertaken as 
soon as reasonably practicable. Nonetheless 
the Board is confident that a culture of 
good corporate governance of the Company 
subsists under the current composition of  
the Board. 

Cuth McDowell
Interim Non‑executive Chairman

26

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Corporate Governance 
Principles Applicable 
to IGas
The ten QCA Code corporate governance 
principles, which apply to IGas, are: 

1.    Establish a strategy and business 
model which promotes long‑term 
value for shareholders; 

2.    Seek to understand and meet  

shareholder needs and expectations; 

3.    Take into account wider stakeholder 
and social responsibilities and their 
implications for long‑term success; 

4.    Embed effective risk management, 
considering both opportunities 
and threats, throughout the 
organisation; 

5.    Maintain the Board as a well‑

functioning, balanced team led  
by the Chair;

6.    Ensure that between them the 
Directors have the necessary  
up‑to‑date experience, skills  
and capabilities; 

7.    Evaluate Board performance based 
on clear and relevant objectives, 
seeking continuous improvement; 

8.    Promote a corporate culture that 
is based on ethical values and 
behaviours; 

9.    Maintain governance structures  

and processes that are fit for purpose 
and support good decision‑making  
by the Board; and 

10.  Communicate how the Company 
is governed and is performing 
by maintaining a dialogue with 
shareholders and other relevant 
stakeholders. 

Application of the QCA Code 
The Company has adopted the QCA Code 
since 2018 on the basis that it is the 
corporate governance code most suited to 
our requirements, size, strategy, resources and 
stage of development, as it offers a flexible 
but rigorous outcome‑oriented framework 
in which we can continue to develop our 
governance model to support our business.
The QCA Code requires us to apply the 
principles set out to the left and to publish 
certain related disclosures in our Annual 
Report, on our website, or a combination of 
the two. We have followed the QCA Code’s 
recommendations and have therefore 
provided disclosure relating to Principles 2, 3, 
and 9, as well as those aspects of Principles 8 
and 10 recommended to be disclosed on our 
website, in a corporate governance statement 
on our website and will cover the remaining 
principles in this Annual Report. We depart 
from the recommendation of the QCA Code 
in respect of Principle 7 as we cover all 
aspects recommended to be disclosed by 
the QCA Code in respect of that principle, 
including those aspects which the QCA Code 
recommends be covered on our website, 
in this Annual Report. An index setting out 
where each required disclosure can be found 
at the end of the corporate governance 
statement on our website.

Strategy and Business Model  
– QCA Principle One
The Group’s strategy and business model is 
described in the Strategic Report on pages  
1 to 15.

Effective Risk Management –  
QCA Principle Four
The Group embeds risk management 
throughout the organisation and this is 
described on pages 22 and 23.

Board Balance – QCA Principle Five
See page 34 for information on those 
Directors who are considered to be 
independent, the time commitment required 
for Directors to conduct their role and 
the number of meetings of the Board, its 
committees and the relevant Directors’ 
attendance record. 

Board Skills – QCA Principle Six
Information on each of the Directors is 
provided on pages 30 and 31.

The Board, led by the Chair, has the necessary 
skills and knowledge to discharge their 
duties and responsibilities effectively, setting 
clear expectations and ensuring stringent 
measures for corporate governance standards 
are met, particularly in relation to executive 
remuneration, accountability and audit.

The Executive and Non‑executive Directors’ 
skill sets are complementary, and together 
provide a blend of broad commercial, 
operational, legal, and financial expertise.  
The skill set is suitably broad and sufficiently 
high calibre such that all decision making 
at Board level is robust and mindful of the 
fiduciary responsibilities that need to be 
discharged to all shareholders. In addition, 
the Directors are aware of the importance 
of keeping abreast of the industry’s current 
activities and attend oil & gas conferences 
and events globally throughout the year to 
keep their skills, contacts and knowledge 
current and simultaneously engage with 
governments, global operators and service 
providers in the oil and gas industry.

During 2020, in response to the COVID-19 
pandemic and uncertainty and difficult 
markets, the Company sought advice from 
external legal professional advisors in relation 
to implementing cost reduction measures 
including a redundancy programme, salary 
replacement scheme for the Board and  
senior executives and a proposed reduction 
in benefits across the organisation. 
https://ir.q4europe.com/Solutions/IGas/3994/
newsArticle.aspx?storyid=14735745. 

Details of the Company’s advisers can 
be found on the Company’s website at 
http://igasplc.com/investors/shareholder-
information/registrars-and-advisors.

See the corporate governance statement  
on our website for further details of the 
internal advisory responsibilities performed 
by certain individuals in advising and 
supporting the Board.

27

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Corporate GovernanceThe Excom and, at a more junior level, senior 
departmental managers address progression 
of employees through annual appraisals and 
competency reviews. Following consultation 
with staff working in the Production division 
over the summer and autumn of 2020 the 
Company has instigated a number of changes 
to working practices (hours of work and 
compensation structure) which will be used to 
help facilitate resource planning and salary/
career progression through the planned 
implementation of a job grading structure. 

Governance and Shareholder 
Dialogue – QCA Principle Ten
See below for an overview of the work of the 
committees of the Board undertaken in 2020. 

See pages 38 to 43 of this Annual Report for 
the Remuneration Committee Report. 

This Annual Report does not include a 
separate audit committee report. However, 
pages 35 of this Annual Report outlines the 
key areas of focus of the Audit Committee in 
the year ended 31 December 2020.  
The Group will further assess internally as 
to whether it is necessary and appropriate 
to make further disclosures under the QCA 
Code, either through a report of the Audit 
Committee or more likely in sections of the 
next Annual Report.

Corporate Governance Statement continued 

Board Effectiveness –  
QCA Principle Seven
In 2019 the Board formalised its procedures 
for self‑evaluation and undertook a self‑
evaluation in respect of its effectiveness. 
The Board reviewed the effectiveness of its 
performance and assessed its strengths as 
well as areas for development with an agreed 
set of actions on agreed deadlines. As a result 
of the impact of COVID-19, the Board did not 
carry out a self‑evaluation process in respect 
of its performance in 2020 and such a process 
will be undertaken when is reasonably 
practicable.

The Chairman has responsibility to lead the 
Board effectively and to oversee the adoption, 
delivery and communication of the Company’s 
corporate governance model. It is imperative 
that the relationship between the Chairman 
and the CEO, as well as all Board members 
and Excom, remains collaborative, cordial and 
robust. The Board members work together 
in the best interests of the Company, while 
remaining comfortable to engage in rigorous 
and constructive debate. There is a strong flow 
of communication between the Directors, and 
in particular between the CEO and Chairman, 
with consideration being given to both 
standing agenda items and the strategic and 
operational needs of the business. 

As a Board we consider the independence  
of all members and have an effective conflict 
of interests procedure in place. Any conflicts 
are declared by Directors at commencement 
of each Board meeting and appropriate 
information protocols are put in place in order 
to govern information flows. Comprehensive 
board papers are circulated in advance of 
meetings, giving Directors due time to review 
the documentation and enabling an effective 
meeting. Minutes are drawn up to reflect the 
true record of the discussions and decisions 
made. Resulting actions are tracked for 
appropriate delivery and follow up.

The Directors have a wide knowledge of the 
Company’s business and understand their 
duties as Directors of a company quoted 
on AIM. The Directors have access to the 
Company’s Nominated Advisor (Nomad), 
auditors and solicitors as and when required. 
The Company’s Nomad provides annual 
boardroom training. These advisors are 
available to provide formal support and 
advice to the Board from time to time and  
do so in accordance with good practice.  
The General Counsel and Company Secretary 
has frequent communication with both the 
Chairman and CEO and is available to other 
members of the Board as required. The 
Directors are also able, at the Company’s 
expense, to obtain advice from external 
advisers if required.

As noted in the Chairman’s introduction  
on page 26 of this Annual Report, the 
Company is committed to diversity, including 
gender diversity, and we have a number of 
women in senior management roles. However, 
we fully recognise that the Board could be 
more diverse in its composition and will seek 
to further address gender diversity when 
recruiting for Board vacancies. It is also noted 
that the composition of the Board is a matter 
for review by the Nomination Committee  
as soon as reasonably practicable.

The Board is committed to ensuring effective 
succession planning. The Nomination 
Committee is responsible for reviewing 
Board and senior management succession 
planning to ensure that the Company has 
the appropriate level of skills and diversity. 
Where appropriate the Nomination 
Committee uses external advisors to 
assist with candidate identification and 
benchmarking. The Nomination Committee 
continues to ensure that there is a robust 
succession plan for senior management 
positions. The Board (in conjunction with the 
Nomination Committee) reviewed succession 
planning for the Excom and senior manager 
positions in 2020 and concluded that plans 
were in place for all key positions; this will be 
reviewed again in 2021. During the year, the 
Group Financial Controller was appointed to 
the role of Finance Director upon departure  
of the Chief Financial Officer. 

28

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020How We Manage Our Company

The Board

Executive Committee

Audit  
Committee

Remuneration  
Committee

Nomination  
Committee

The Board
The Board is responsible for the overall governance of the Group. Its responsibilities include 
reviewing and approving the Group’s strategy, budgets, major items of capital expenditure  
and senior personnel appointments.

Executive Committee (Excom)
The Excom is responsible for the day‑to‑day running of the operational business with a focus 
on performance management and ensuring that the Group’s key performance indicators are 
being met.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is responsible for monitoring and reviewing the integrity of the financial 
reporting processes and ensuring the financial statements give a true and fair view of the 
Company. Whilst the Board is ultimately responsible for risk management and internal controls 
in the Company, the Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring that executive management 
takes responsibility for internal controls being appropriately designed and are both efficient 
and effective in practice. In addition to its natural focus on the preparation of the Company’s 
Annual Report and Accounts, the Audit Committee monitors the integrity of the Company’s 
broader corporate reporting, risk management systems (including the identification of future 
opportunities) and internal control environment, and has a continued role in determining the 
Company’s approach to risk and the extent to which the Company is willing to take risks.

Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining and agreeing the remuneration 
policy for the Executive Director and senior managers.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is responsible for reviewing the size, structure and composition  
of the Board and ensuring the balance and expertise of the Board remains appropriate to meet 
the needs of the Company.

Read more on page 30

Read more on page 32

Read more on pages 
34 and 35

Read more on page 35

Read more on page 36

29

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Corporate GovernanceBoard of Directors

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

Cuth McDowell
Interim Non‑executive Chairman

Philip Jackson
Non‑executive Director

A

R

N

R

N

Appointed 2015

Appointed 2012

Appointed 2017

Skills and experience 
Steve became Chief Executive Officer of  
the Company in May 2015 having joined  
IGas as Chief Financial Officer in 2011. He is  
a qualified chartered accountant and spent  
12 years in corporate finance with ABN Amro 
Hoare Govett, now part of Jefferies, where  
he acted as advisor and broker to a wide 
range of UK listed companies in the oil  
and gas sector. 

Since joining the Company, Steve has led 
the Company through significant transition 
including the acquisition of Dart Energy in 
2014, and the recent acquisition of GTE,  
as well as overseeing the farm‑outs of the 
shale acreage to Total and INEOS.

Skills and experience 
Cuth has 37 years of international experience 
in the oil and gas sector, having held a range 
of leadership positions in Exploration and 
Production companies.

He began his career with BP, where he held 
various commercial and management roles 
over eight years. Cuth then joined Clyde 
Petroleum plc, initially as Senior Economist, 
subsequently becoming Group Commercial 
Manager before Clyde was acquired by  
Gulf Canada.

In 1997, Cuth joined Paladin Resources plc, 
where he served primarily as Finance Director. 
The company raised approximately £120 
million in four separate primary offerings 
before it was sold to Talisman Energy Inc. for 
approximately £1.2 billion in 2006. Cuth is 
currently chairman at Quotall Ltd., an unlisted 
software development company.

Skills and experience 
Philip Jackson serves on Kerogen’s Advisory 
Board. He is a director and chairman of  
the Remuneration Committee of New Age 
(Global Africa Energy) Limited, a board 
member of Ideol S.A., an offshore wind 
company and chairman of OneWater Group 
Limited. He has over 30 years’ experience  
in investments and corporate finance in 
energy and infrastructure projects.

He was the founder and former chief 
executive of J.P. Morgan Asset Management’s 
$860 million Asian Infrastructure and Related 
Resources Opportunity Fund. He started his 
career with the energy team at Ashurst LLP 
before moving to its client Trafalgar House 
plc, one of the UK’s leading independent oil 
and gas companies.

Philip graduated with an MA in law from the 
University of Cambridge and is a solicitor of 
the Supreme Court in England.

Committee member key

A

Audit  
Committee

R

Remuneration  
Committee

N

Nomination  
Committee

Chair

Member

30

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
A

Tushar Kumar
Non‑executive Director

Hans Årstad 
Non‑executive Director

Appointed 2017

Appointed 2019

Skills and experience 
Hans is a Director in KKR's European Private 
Equity Team where he has been involved  
in a number of investments in a broad range  
of industries.

Hans began his career at McKinsey & Company 
focusing on energy. He joined KKR in 2014.

He holds a MSc in Finance and a BSc in 
Business Administration from Norwegian 
School of Economics.

Skills and experience 
Tushar Kumar is a Partner in the Investment 
and Portfolio Management Team at Kerogen 
Capital. He has 18 years’ experience in 
investing, investment banking and equities, 
working with a range of energy companies 
across Europe, the Middle East and Asia.

He has experience in strategic advisory, 
particularly focused on M&A, IPOs, debt and 
equity financing as well as balance sheet 
restructuring. Prior to joining Kerogen, he was 
an executive director at Morgan Stanley’s 
natural resources group in London, having 
previously worked with members of the 
Kerogen team at J.P. Morgan’s energy and 
natural resources group in Hong Kong.

Tushar holds an MBA from the Indian Institute 
of Management Ahmedabad (IIMA) and a 
BTech in computer science and engineering 
from the Indian Institute of Technology (IIT). 
He is also a CFA charter holder.

31

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Corporate Governance 
Executive Committee

Stephen Bowler
Chief Executive Officer

Frances Ward 
Finance Director

Ross Pearson
Technical Director

Chris Beard
Production Director

Ross Glover
Development Director

Skills and experience 
Frances is a qualified 
accountant with over 15 
years’ senior management 
experience within the 
international oil and gas 
sector. 

Her previous experience 
included 11 years at 
Nexen Energy (now part 
of CNOOC) in various 
senior finance roles in 
their London and Calgary 
offices.

Frances joined IGas in 
2017 as Group Financial 
Controller and assumed 
overall responsibility  
for the finance function  
as Finance Director in  
July 2020.

Skills and experience 
Steve became Chief 
Executive Officer of the 
Company in May 2015 
having joined IGas as 
Chief Financial Officer 
in 2011. He is a qualified 
chartered accountant 
and spent 12 years in 
corporate finance with 
ABN Amro Hoare Govett, 
now part of Jefferies, 
where he acted as advisor 
and broker to a wide range 
of UK listed companies in 
the oil and gas sector. 

Since joining the 
Company, Steve has led 
the Company through 
significant transition 
including the acquisition 
of Dart Energy in 2014, 
and the recent acquisition 
of GTE, as well as 
overseeing the farm‑outs 
of the shale acreage to 
Total and INEOS.

Skills and experience 
Ross Pearson, a Petroleum 
Engineer, has extensive 
onshore, oil and gas 
experience gained over 
the past 20 years working 
in various technical roles 
across the E & P value 
chain. Ross' career started 
in the Western Canadian 
Sedimentary Basin 
working for Schlumberger 
before taking a role with 
Devon Energy where he 
held various Petroleum 
Engineering positions. 

In 2010, he moved to 
Australia where he 
initially worked for 
Origin Energy as a Sr. 
Petroleum Engineer prior 
to joining Senex Energy 
as the Development 
Manager where he 
managed the Appraisal 
and Development of 
their conventional and 
unconventional oil and 
gas assets. 

Ross has a Bachelor of 
Applied Science Degree 
in Mining Engineering 
from Queen’s University 
in Canada and is a 
member of the Society of 
Petroleum Engineers and 
a Fellow of the Energy 
Institute. 

Skills and experience 
Chris (MEng BSc (Hons) 
CEng MIET) has 32 years’ 
experience working in 
the oil and gas industry 
in both the upstream and 
downstream business. 

Chris started his career 
working in a Maintenance 
and Integrity role for BP at 
the Llandarcy Oil Refinery 
in South Wales. Over the 
next 25 years Chris worked 
in a number of roles and 
locations for BP the last 
of which was at BP Wytch 
Farm Oilfield in Dorset, 
where he held a variety of 
technical, operational and 
managerial roles before 
finishing in the role of 
Onshore Site Manager. 

Chris joined Providence 
Resources Plc as Managing 
Director of the UK 
operations before its 
acquisition by IGas in 
2011, where, he now has 
responsibility for the 
delivery of the Production 
Division Corporate 
strategy, goals and targets 
for production, operating 
costs in accordance with 
the IGas Management 
Systems.

Skills and experience 
Appointed in 2017, 
Ross is responsible for 
both new business and 
project development. 
His current focus is 
leading the diversification 
of the Company into 
complementary sectors. 
Prior to joining IGas, 
he ran a UK based 
renewable energy project 
development company 
with a focus on onshore 
wind. Ross started his 
career in Southern Africa 
managing capital projects 
in the mineral processing 
and mining sector. After 
moving to the UK in 2003, 
he worked for one of the 
UK’s largest public sector 
leasing and managed 
equipment services 
companies where he was 
responsible for corporate 
acquisitions, disposals and 
structured finance. 

Ross holds a BSc in 
Mechanical Engineering 
from the University of 
Cape Town and an MBA 
from Warwick Business 
School.

32

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Peter Foscoe 
Director of Human 
Resources

Thamala Perera 
Schuetze 
General Counsel and  
Company Secretary

Ann-marie 
Wilkinson
Director of  
Corporate Affairs

Skills and experience 
A Chartered Fellow of 
the Chartered Institute of 
Personnel & Development, 
Peter has over 25 years’ 
experience managing 
Human Resource functions 
in the Financial Services, 
Telecoms and Oil & Gas 
sectors. In addition to 10 
years at Merrill Lynch/
Bank of America and 
four years as Head of 
Human Resources at an 
AIM listed hedge fund, 
Peter has specialised 
in compensation & 
benefits at a number of 
organisations, including  
six years as Head of 
Reward for the Hess 
Corporation global E&P 
business.

Skills and experience 
Appointed in 2013,  
Ann‑marie is a 
communications and 
investor relations 
professional with over 
25 years’ experience 
in providing advice 
on both external and 
internal communications 
strategies.

Ann‑marie has advised 
many energy sector 
companies as a financial 
public relations and 
corporate relations 
consultant having 
previously worked at  
M Communications, Bell 
Pottinger and Beattie 
Media. She also worked 
as a PRO at Smith New 
Court having joined from 
the Corporate Finance 
department at Touche Ross. 

Skills and experience 
Thamala is a General 
Counsel with 20 years’ 
experience, over 13 years 
of which gained in the oil 
and gas industry. Prior to 
the reverse takeover of 
Star Energy Group Limited 
(then a wholly‑owned 
subsidiary of PETRONAS) 
by the Company in 2011, 
Thamala was a member 
of the management team 
and the General Counsel 
of Star Energy responsible 
for the European 
Infrastructure Group of 
PETRONAS, with a primary 
focus on gas storage. 
Thamala was called to the 
Bar of England and Wales 
in 2000 and during her 
career has held (among 
others) positions at the 
regulator, Ofgem, where 
she advised on electricity, 
gas and LNG projects and 
at Freshfields Bruckhaus 
Deringer LLP in the 
telecoms sector. 

Thamala holds a Master 
of Laws (LLM) in European 
Law from King’s College 
London.

Padraig Hanly
Director of Geothermal

Skills and experience 
Padraig (BSc) founded 
GT Energy UK Ltd 
(GTE) in 2013 and was 
Managing Director until 
its acquisition by IGas in 
2020. During that time, 
he raised capital from 
investors to fund the 
business while working 
with government and 
industry to create a deep 
geothermal industry in 
the UK. This included 
the introduction of a 
geothermal licencing 
system and dedicated 
financial support for deep 
geothermal. He has worked 
closely with Stoke‑on‑Trent 
Council during that time 
helping them to secure a 
£20 million government 
grant to develop the first of 
its kind geothermal heated 
district heating project in 
the UK.

Padraig has worked for 
20 years in business 
development and 
project management 
across a number of 
sectors including civil 
engineering, agriculture, 
property and renewable 
energy. Prior to setting 
up GTE Padraig worked 
as contracts manager and 
business development 
manager with Liffey 
Developments, an Irish 
based company focusing 
on infrastructure and 
property developments.

33

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Corporate GovernanceCorporate Governance

The Directors are committed to meeting high standards of corporate governance believing that the QCA Code provides the Company with the 
right framework to maintain a strong level of governance. 

The Company has adopted a code of dealings in securities which the Board regards as appropriate for an AIM listed company and is compliant 
with the UK Market Abuse Regulations. The Company takes all reasonable steps to ensure compliance by the Directors, employees and agents 
with the provisions of the AIM Rules relating to dealings in securities.

The Board has in place Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees, all of which have specific mandates contained in approved terms of 
reference. These cover the composition, key activities and responsibilities of the relevant committee, are reviewed annually, and can be viewed 
on our website. All committees are committed to reporting back to the Board following a committee meeting. The membership of each of the 
committees is set out below. 

The Board and its Committees
The Board of the Company consists of one Executive Director and four Non‑executive Directors. Following Cuth McDowell’s appointment 
as Interim Chair of the Board, Cuth McDowell is no longer fulfilling the role of Senior Independent Director, but is still considered to be an 
independent Non‑executive Director in character and judgement and has the range of experience and calibre to bring independent judgement 
on issues of strategy, performance, resources and standards of conduct to the Board. Biographies of all the Directors are included within the 
Annual Report on pages 30 and 31.

The Board retains full and effective control over the Group. The Board meets regularly to consider reports on the operational and financial 
performance of the Group and to decide on matters reserved unto itself, which include reviewing and approving the Group’s strategy, budgets, 
major items of capital expenditure and senior personnel appointments.

Save in August, the Board generally has one scheduled Board meeting every month over the course of the financial year with informal 
discussions scheduled as required. Additional meetings are held depending upon opportunities or issues to be dealt with by the Company  
from time to time.

The Non‑executive Directors hold informal meetings during the course of the year at which members of Excom are not in attendance.

The Directors’ attendance at scheduled Board meetings during 2020 is detailed in the table below:

Board Membership 

Board member  

Cuth McDowell (Interim Chairman) 
Stephen Bowler 
Philip Jackson  
Tushar Kumar  
Hans Årstad  

Meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

19/19
19/19
17/19
19/19
18/19

In addition to the Directors, the General Counsel and Company Secretary has been invited to attend each meeting of the Board. The Board invites 
other members of Excom to attend its meetings as necessary and appropriate to the agenda to be discussed at the relevant Board meeting. 

The Board has the following committees each chaired by a Non‑executive Director as follows:

Audit Committee
The committee comprises only Non‑executive Directors; being chaired by Cuth McDowell and having as its other member, Tushar Kumar. 
Meetings are aligned with the Group’s financial reporting calendar and, in the year ended 31 December 2020, the committee met on three 
occasions. The Chief Financial Officer and Group Financial Controller (who latterly became the Finance Director) are invited to attend each 
meeting of the committee and participated in all of the meetings during the year. The external auditors are also invited to attend meetings  
of the committee as appropriate and also meet the committee without the presence of management at least annually. 

34

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Directors’ attendance at scheduled committee meetings during 2020 is detailed in the table below:

Audit Committee Membership

Committee member 

Cuth McDowell (Chairman) 
Tushar Kumar 

Summary of the Committee’s Responsibilities
The committee’s responsibilities include the following:

Meetings attended  
(out of a total possible)

3/3
3/3

•  The committee reviews reports from management and the Group’s auditors relating to the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts and the 

interim results announcements. The committee advises the Board on whether the Annual Report and interim announcement are fair, balanced 
and understandable and provide the information necessary for IGas’ stakeholders to assess performance against the Group’s strategy;

•  The committee reviews compliance with legal requirements, accounting standards and the AIM Rules and on ensuring that effective systems  

of internal financial and non-financial controls (including for the management of risk and whistle-blowing) are maintained. However, the 
ultimate responsibility for reviewing and approving the Annual Report and Accounts remains with the Board; and

•  The committee keeps under review the external auditors’ independence and considers the nature, scope, and results of the auditor’s work  
and develops policy on and reviews (reserving the right to approve) any non‑audit services that are provided by the external auditors.  
The committee is responsible for making recommendations to the Board on their appointment and remuneration.

Key Areas of Focus in the Year Ended 31 December 2020
The committee’s particular areas of focus during the year were as follows:

•  Review of the 2019 Annual Report and of the significant risks identified which included the going concern assessment, including covenant 
compliance; impairment of oil and gas properties; accounting for lease arrangements, the decommissioning provision and reserves and 
resources disclosures;

•  Review of the revised terms of reference of the Audit Committee reflecting the ‘Audit Committee Guide’ published by the Quoted Companies 

Alliance in 2019;

•  Review of the six months ended 30 June 2020 interim results announcement and of the significant risks which included the going concern 

assessment, including covenant compliance and impairment of oil and gas properties; and

•  Review of the planning for the 2020 Annual Report and approving the approach being taken by the Group’s auditors.

Remuneration Committee
The committee comprises only Non‑executive Directors, being chaired by Philip Jackson and having as its other member Cuth McDowell.  
The committee met on three occasions in the year ended 31 December 2020. From time to time the CEO and the Director of Human Resources 
may be invited to attend meetings. In accordance with the committee’s terms of reference, no Director may participate in discussions relating  
to their own terms and conditions of service or remuneration.

The Directors’ attendance at scheduled committee meetings during 2020 is detailed in the table below:

Remuneration Committee Membership

Committee member 

Philip Jackson (Chairman)  
Cuth McDowell 

Meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

3/3
3/3

35

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance 
continued

Summary of the Committee’s Responsibilities
The committee’s responsibilities include the following:

•  Making recommendations to the Board on the Company’s policy on the remuneration of the Chairman, Executive Director and other senior 

executives (as are delegated to the committee to consider);

•  Determining, within agreed terms of reference, the remainder of the remuneration packages for each of them, including pension rights, any 

compensation payments and the implementation of executive incentive schemes;

•  Monitoring the level and structure of remuneration for senior management;
•  Reviewing the design of share incentive plans for approval by the Board and determining the policy on annual awards to the Executive 

Director and senior executives; and

•  Reviewing progress made against performance targets and agreeing incentive awards.

Key Areas of Focus in the Year Ended 31 December 2020
The committee’s particular areas of focus during the year were as follows:

•  Review of bonus structure for the Executive Director and senior employees and agreement of the level of deferral of the bonus payment into 

Company shares;

•  Review of long‑term incentive plans and approving the issue of awards under the executive incentive plan; 
•  Review of performance against the Group’s key performance indicators in the year ended 31 December 2019 and recommending to the Board 

that a pay-out factor of 50% be applied to all employees of the Group. Staff bonuses were paid in February 2020;

•  Recommendations relating to the change in group insurance plans, including the withdrawal of the ‘death in service’ spousal pension benefit, 
the introduction of obligatory employee pension contributions and a commensurate reduction (1.5%) in Company pension contribution; and
•  The operation of a salary replacement scheme during the second half of the year, under which the Chairman, CEO and other senior executives 

waived a portion of their salary in favour of an award of share options as part of a cash‑preservation programme. 

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee is chaired by the Interim Chairman, Cuth McDowell, and its other member is Non‑executive Director, Philip Jackson. 
The CEO of the Company is invited to attend meetings of the committee when the committee is discussing matters related to executive 
management and such other matters as the committee chairman deems appropriate. The committee meets as required during the year but at 
least to consider any Director’s resignation.

The Directors’ attendance at scheduled committee meetings during 2020 is detailed in the table below:

Nomination Committee Membership

Committee member 

Cuth McDowell (Chairman from 10 October 2019) 
Philip Jackson 

Summary of the Committee’s Responsibilities
The committee’s responsibilities include the following:

Meetings attended 
(out of a total possible)

1/1
1/1

•  Considering the size, structure and composition of the Board, retirements and appointments of additional and replacement Directors and 

making appropriate recommendations to the Board; 

•  Making recommendations to the Board regarding membership of the audit and remuneration committees; and
•  Ensuring that plans are in place for orderly succession to the Board and senior management positions, so as to maintain an appropriate 

balance of skills and experience within the Group and the Board. 

Key Areas of Focus in the Year Ended 31 December 2020
The principal activities of the committee during the year were as follows:

•  To monitor the composition of the Board and consider it appropriate during 2020; and
•  Continuing to ensure that appropriate succession plans are in place for Excom and senior management.

36

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Internal Control
The Board acknowledges that it is responsible for establishing and maintaining the Group’s system of internal controls and reviewing its 
effectiveness. The procedures that include, inter alia, financial, operational, health & safety, compliance matters and risk management  
(as detailed in the Strategic Report) are reviewed on an on‑going basis. 

The Group’s internal control procedures include the following:

•  Board approval for all significant projects, including corporate transactions and major capital projects;
•  The Board receives and reviews regular reports covering both the technical progress of projects and the Group’s financial affairs to facilitate  

its control; 

•  There is a comprehensive budgeting and planning system for all items of expenditure with an annual budget approved by the Board. Risk 

assessment and evaluation is an integral part of the annual planning cycle;

•  The Group has in place internal control and risk management systems in relation to the Group’s financial reporting process and the Group’s 

process for preparing consolidated accounts. These systems include policies and procedures to ensure that adequate accounting records are 
maintained and transactions are recorded accurately and fairly to permit the preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance 
with IFRS; and

•  The Audit Committee reviews draft annual and interim reports before recommending their publication to the Board. The Audit Committee 

discusses with the Finance Director and external auditors the significant accounting policies, estimates and judgments applied in preparing 
these reports. 

The internal control system can only provide reasonable and not absolute assurance against material misstatement or loss. The Board has 
considered the need for a separate internal audit function but, bearing in mind the present size and composition of the Group, does not consider 
it necessary at the current time. 

Anti-bribery and Corruption/Ethical Conduct
The Directors take the issue of bribery and corruption seriously. The Directors acknowledge the importance of ensuring that the Company, its 
employees and those third parties with which the business engages are operating within the requirements of the Bribery Act. The Company has 
a zero‑tolerance approach to bribery and corruption and has adopted an anti‑bribery policy to protect the Group, its employees and those third 
parties with which the Company engages. IGas has reviewed the policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the UK Bribery Act, Modern 
Slavery Act and Criminal Finances Act. The Company continues actively to promote good practice and compliance throughout the Group and 
has continued its rolling online programme of anti‑bribery and corruption and anti‑facilitation of tax evasion, as well as anti‑slavery and human 
trafficking training for all relevant employees.

The Group’s Modern Slavery Statement can be accessed here: http://igasplc.com/media/40884/modern-slavery-statement.pdf. 

Relations with Shareholders 
Communications with shareholders are considered important by the Directors. The primary contact with shareholders, investors and analysts is 
the CEO. Other senior management, however, regularly speak to investors and analysts during the year. Company circulars and press releases 
have also been issued throughout the year for the purpose of keeping investors informed about the Group’s progress and in accordance with AIM 
regulations.

The Company also maintains a website (www.igasplc.com) that is regularly updated and contains a wide range of information about the Group. 

See also the Company’s disclosure in relation to Principle Ten in the corporate governance statement on the Company’s website. 

Engaging with Stakeholders
The way in which IGas solicits information from its stakeholder groups include, inter alia, public relations activities, regular formal contact  
via written communications, meetings, and conference calls. Informal contact is promoted through the use of social media where appropriate. 

The Board seeks to understand the Company’s stakeholders’ needs, interests and expectations by ensuring open channels of communication  
at all times and permitting all parties to openly discuss any issues or concerns they may have with the Company. 

The Company considers and acts on the information and feedback received by way of bilateral discussions or investor conference calls  
or RNS announcements when required.

37

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Corporate GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Report

This report explains our remuneration policy for Directors and sets out how decisions regarding Directors’ pay for the period under review have 
been taken.

Annual Statement
Following a detailed review with the ‘Reward and Employment’ team at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), which was undertaken in 2017, the 
Remuneration Committee proposed a number of changes to the annual cash bonus scheme, which it believes better aligned the bonuses of the 
CEO and senior executives to the Company’s Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) and which, in the event of superior performance in any bonus 
period, introduce an element of staff retention through the use of stock awards with the Board agreeing that 50% of any bonus in excess of 
£30,000 be paid in the form of restricted stock and subject to a minimum holding period. Consequently, the Executive Director received his 
2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020 bonus in cash and restricted stock. 

Subsequent to the 2017 review with the ‘Reward and Employment’ team at PwC, the Board again agreed the Remuneration Committee Proposal 
that awards of restricted stock under the Executive Incentive Plan (EIP), the mechanics of which were detailed in the 2016 Annual Report, would 
again require an absolute share price appreciation as a condition of vesting (either in part or in full). In approving the Remuneration Committee’s 
recommendations, the Board stipulated that no part of the 2020 EIP awards (whether to the Executive Director or any other senior executive) 
will vest unless a minimum share price hurdle of an 8% increase in the share price (compounded over the three year period between the date of 
award and date of vesting) is met or exceeded. In order for 100% of the award to vest, the share price must appreciate by 20% each year over 
the three year period. 

The Remuneration Committee believes that the current rules regarding bonus and EIP awards, based on the 2017 review, still remain appropriate.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Remuneration policy
The Company’s policy is to maintain levels of remuneration sufficient to attract, motivate and retain senior executives of the highest calibre who 
can deliver growth in shareholder value. Executive Director remuneration currently consists of basic salary, pensions, benefits, annual bonus 
(based on annually set targets), and long‑term incentives (to reward long‑term performance). The Company seeks to strike an appropriate balance 
between fixed and performance-related reward so that the total remuneration package is structured to align a significant proportion to the 
achievement of performance targets, reinforcing a clear link between pay and performance. The performance targets for staff, senior executives 
and the Executive Director are each aligned to the key drivers of the business strategy, thereby creating a strong alignment of interest between 
staff, senior executives, the Executive Director and shareholders.

The committee will continue to review the Company’s remuneration policy and make amendments, as and when necessary, to ensure it remains  
fit for purpose, continues to drive high levels of executive performance and remains both affordable and competitive in the market.

38

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020The elements of the reward package are detailed below:

Element of reward

Operation and performance conditions

Maximum opportunity

Base salary 
The purpose of the base 
salary is to:

The committee reviews base salaries annually to ensure that Executive 
Director pay remains competitively aligned with external market 
practices.

•  help recruit and retain 

key individuals;

•  reflect the individual’s 
skills, knowledge and 
abilities; and

•  ensure fair reward for 

“doing the job”.

Other benefits including 
pension

In determining whether to increase levels the committee will take the 
following into consideration:

•  the performance of the individual Director;
•  the individual Director’s experience and responsibilities;
•  impact on fixed costs of any increase; and
•  pay and conditions throughout the Company.

The Company provides Executive Directors with a pension contribution 
up to 12.5% of base salary, as well as other benefits in kind including 
medical insurances and income protection/lump sum payments in the 
event of extended sickness absence/disability and/or death in service.

Annual Cash Bonus

Executive Directors and staff are eligible to participate in a discretionary 
bonus plan.

Long Term Incentive Plan 
(LTIP)

The committee will determine on an annual basis the level of deferral, if 
any, of the bonus payment into Company shares (currently 50% of any 
award in excess of £30,000). Maximum bonus levels and the proportion 
payable for target performance are considered in the light of market 
bonus levels for similar roles among the industry sector.

Bonuses paid in cash (and where applicable, shares) are not pensionable.

In terms of bonus targets a balanced scorecard approach is operated 
which focuses on a mixture of strategic, operational, financial and non-
financial metrics. 

Under LTIP, adopted by the Board in 2011 participants can each be 
granted two types of award: an Initial Award and an Annual Award. 
Both types of award are in the form of a nil cost option. If the relevant 
conditions attaching to the awards are met at the end of a three year 
vesting period, then the participant has a further seven years in which to 
exercise the award.

The primary purpose of the Initial Awards is to aid the recruitment of key 
executives. These awards vest at the end of a three‑year performance 
period provided the Company’s share price performance exceeds the 
Company’s weighted average cost of capital of 10%.

The LTIP also provides for Annual Awards to be granted which will  
vest at the end of a three‑year period provided certain challenging 
corporate performance conditions have been met. The purpose of the 
Annual Award is to provide a competitive annual total remuneration 
package which retains and motivates the Executive Director and other 
selected executives.

The committee will retain 
the discretion to increase an 
individual’s salary where there is 
a significant difference between 
current levels and a market 
competitive rate for similar 
positions in similar organisations 
(based on size, complexity and 
industry sector).

The percentage of maximum 
bonus entitlement received is 
based on the achievement of 
individually challenging targets 
supporting corporate objectives.

The maximum potential bonus 
entitlement for Executive 
Directors under the plan is up to 
100% of base salary.

The maximum individual limit 
for an Initial Award is 300%  
of salary.

The maximum individual limit 
for an Annual Award in any 
financial year is 200% of salary 
(this limit was increased from 
150% during the 2014/2015 
financial year).

No awards have been made 
under this Plan since  
November 2015.

39

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Corporate GovernanceDirectors’ Remuneration Report 
continued

Element of reward

Operation and performance conditions

Maximum opportunity

Executive Incentive Plan 
(EIP)

Under the EIP adopted by the Board in March 2016, participants were 
granted a share award in the form of a nil‑cost option, released at the 
end of a three year holding period provided that the Executive remain 
in employment and that the Remuneration Committee are satisfied that 
corporate performance has been satisfactory (with reference to share 
price). A multiplier will also apply to this share award to ensure that 
management are focused on the execution of the business strategy and 
the creation of long-term value for shareholders. For the first share award 
(March 2016) the multiplier was set as follows:

Annual award to the current 
Executive Director of no more 
than 100% of salary subject 
to two times multiplier (i.e. the 
maximum number of shares 
which could vest is equal to 
200% of salary).

Share price target 

£10.00 
£15.00 

Multiplier

1.50 x shares awarded
2.00 x shares awarded

For the subsequent three share awards (October 2017, March 2018 and  
March 2019) the multiplier was set as follows:

Share price target 

< £1.13 
 £1.13 – £1.25 
 £1.26 – £1.39 
 £1.40 – £1.54 
 £1.55 – £1.74 
 £1.75 – £1.96 
 > £1.96 

Multiplier

0.00 x shares awarded
0.25 x shares awarded
0.50 x shares awarded
0.75 x shares awarded
1.00 x shares awarded
1.50 x shares awarded
2.00 x shares awarded

For the March 2020 award the multiplier was set as follows:

Share price target 

< £0.36 
 £0.36 – £0.39 
 £0.40 – £0.43 
 £0.44 – £0.48 
 £0.49 – £0.55 
 £0.56 – £0.62 
 > £0.63 

Multiplier

0.00 x shares awarded
0.25 x shares awarded
0.50 x shares awarded
0.75 x shares awarded
1.00 x shares awarded
1.50 x shares awarded
2.00 x shares awarded

Executive Directors are required to build a shareholding over a five-year 
period of at least 150% of salary to further support the alignment of their 
interests with those of shareholders. 

Executive Director 
Retention Plan (EDRP)

Under the EDRP, participants are granted nil cost options which vest 
and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject to the 
Directors’ continued employment and to a one year holding period 
following the date of vesting. 

The EDRP was adopted as an 
exceptional share arrangement 
and S Bowler was granted an 
award of options over 175,000 
ordinary shares in July 2015.

No subsequent awards have 
been made under this Plan.

40

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Element of reward

Operation and performance conditions

Maximum opportunity

Share Investment Plan (SIP)

In 2013, the Company adopted an HMRC approved SIP for all employees 
of the Group. The scheme is a tax efficient incentive plan pursuant to 
which all employees are eligible to subscribe for up to £150 (or 10% of 
salary, if less) worth of IGas ordinary shares per month.

Shares are acquired on a quarterly basis and the Company automatically 
matches the employee contribution, acquiring matching ‘Partnership’ 
shares on a 1-to-1 basis. Subject to the Company achieving pre-defined 
quarterly production targets, the Company increases the Partnership 
share matching element for that quarter to 2-to-1. In order to receive their 
allocation of Company Partnership shares, employees must ordinarily 
remain employed by the Company for a period of three years from the 
date of grant of the matching award.

Employees are eligible to 
acquire up to £150 (or 10% 
of salary, if less) worth of IGas 
ordinary shares per month from 
gross salary.

The Company will match the 
shares purchased on a 1-to-1  
basis and, subject to the 
Company having met pre‑
defined quarterly production 
targets, will increase the 
matching element for that 
quarter to 2-to-1.

Annual Report on Remuneration
Remit of the Remuneration Committee
The remit of the Remuneration Committee (the committee) is provided in the Corporate Governance section.

The committee has engaged the services of PwC to provide wholly independent advice on executive compensation and to assist the committee in 
the implementation and evaluation of its long‑term incentive arrangements.

Share price movements during the year
The Group’s share price as at 31 December 2020 was 14.05 pence per share. The highest price during the year was 49.15 pence per share and the 
lowest share price during the year was 7.92 pence per share.

Current arrangements in financial year (Audited)
Executive Director
Executive Directors are employed under rolling contracts with notice periods of 12 months from the Company or executive.

Directors’ emoluments for the year were as follows:

Year ended 31 December 2020  

Year ended 31 December 2019

  Payment 
in lieu of 
Salary  pension 
£000 
£000 

373* 

373 

39 

39 

Bonus 
(Cash) 
£000 

Bonus 

(Shares)  Pensions 
£000 

£000 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7 

7 

Total 
£000 

419 

419 

  Payment 
in lieu of  
Salary  pension 
£000 
£000 

364 

364 

38 

38 

Bonus 
 (Cash) 
£000 

106 

106 

Bonus

 (Shares)  Pensions 
£000 

£000 

76 

76 

10 

10 

Total
£000

594

594

Executive Director 

S Bowler – CEO 

Total – Executive Directors 

*   Under the “Operations & Cost Savings Update” issued on 25 June 2020, the Company announced a salary replacement initiative comprising a 15% reduction in 
monthly salary, paid with a replacement awarded in the form of a nil cost option, granted monthly between July 2020 and December 2020. The value of both 
salary and the nil cost option is reported for 2020 Salary.

On 9 April 2020 S Bowler was made a Base Award under the 2016 EIP scheme over 1,277,685 ordinary shares in the Company.

41

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Remuneration Report 
continued

As at 31 December 2020, the outstanding long-term incentives held by the Executive Director who served during the year are set out in the  
table below:

Executive Director Retention Plan

Date of 
grant 

S Bowler 

13/07/2015 

2016 Executive Incentive Plan

S Bowler 

Date of 
grant 

30/03/2016 
16/10/2017 
21/03/2018 
28/03/2019 
09/04/2020 

At  
1 January 
2020 

175,000 

At  
1 January 
2020 

74,076 
388,889 
396,667 
469,435 
– 

1,329,067 

Share 
options 
granted 

– 

Share 
options 
granted 

– 
– 
– 
– 
1,277,685 

1,277,685 

Share 
options 
exercised 

– 

Share 
options 
exercised 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

2016 Management Retention Plan (Bonus Scheme Shares)

Share 
options 
lapsed 

As at 
31 December 
2020 

Earliest 
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

– 

175,000 

13/07/2016 

13/07/2023

Share 
options 
lapsed 

– 
388,889 
– 
– 
– 

388,889 

As at 
31 December 
2020 

74,076 
– 
396,667 
469,435 
1,277,685 

2,217,863 

Earliest 
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

30/03/2026
30/03/2019 
16/10/2020
Failed to Vest 
21/03/2028
21/03/2021 
25/02/2022 
25/02/2029
09/04/2023  09/04/2030

S Bowler 

Date of 
grant 

21/03/2018 
28/03/2019 
09/04/2020 

At  
1 January 
2020 

33,431 
56,036 
– 

89,467 

Share 
options 
granted 

– 
– 
161,777 

161,777 

Share 
options 
exercised 

Share 
options 
lapsed 

As at 
31 December 
2020 

Earliest 
vesting 
date 

Lapse
date

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

33,431 
56,036 
161,777 

251,244 

17/01/2019 
25/02/2020 
22/01/2021 

21/03/2026
28/03/2027
22/01/2028

2016 Management Retention Plan (Salary Replacement Shares)

S Bowler 

Date of 
grant 

24/07/2020 
25/08/2020 
25/09/2020 
23/10/2020 
25/11/2020 
21/12/2020 

At  
1 January 
2020 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Share 
options 
granted 

39,641 
40,310 
53,938 
59,083 
49,011 
47,675 

289,658 

Share 
options 
exercised 

Share 
options 
lapsed 

As at 
31 December 
2020 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

39,641 
40,310 
53,938 
59,083 
49,011 
47,675 

289,658 

Earliest 
vesting 
date 

24/07/2020 
25/08/2020 
25/09/2020 
23/10/2020 
25/11/2020 
21/12/2020 

Lapse
date

24/07/2028
25/08/2028
25/09/2028
23/10/2028
25/11/2028
21/12/2028

42

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-executive Directors
The Non‑executive Directors are employed under rolling contracts with notice periods of three months, under which they are not entitled to any 
pension, benefits or bonuses.

Non‑executive Directors 

C McDowell1 
P Jackson2 
T Kumar2 
H Årstad3  

Total – Non‑executive Directors 

Year ended 31 December 2020  

Year ended 31 December 2019

Emoluments 
£000 

Taxable 
benefits 
£000 

Pensions 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Emoluments 
£000 

Taxable
benefits 
£000 

Pensions 
£000 

 103* 
 55 
 52** 
– 

210 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

103 
 55 
 52 
– 

210 

69 
55 
45 
– 

169 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Total
£000

69
55
45
–

169

1   Appointed Interim Chairman with effect from 11 October 2019.
2   Under the terms of their appointments, IGas Energy plc pays an annual Fee (Invoiced quarterly in advance) to Kerogen Capital for £55,000 in respect of  

P Jackson and £45,000 in respect of T Kumar. 

3   Under the terms of his appointment no fee is paid to H Årstad.
*  Under the “Operations & Cost Savings Update” issued on 25 June 2020, the Company announced a salary replacement initiative comprising a 15% reduction  

in monthly salary, paid with a replacement awarded in the form of a nil cost option, granted monthly between July 2020 and December 2020. The value of both 
salary received and the nil cost option awarded is reported as 2020 Emoluments. 

** Under the same “Operations & Cost Savings Update” issued on 25 June 2020, the Company announced that one Non-executive Director would forego his entire 
Fee, paid with a replacement by the issue of shares on a quarterly basis, for the final two quarters of 2020. The value of the Fee in cash and shares is reported 
as 2020 Emoluments. 

C McDowell 

Date of 
grant 

24/07/2020 
25/08/2020 
25/09/2020 
23/10/2020 
25/11/2020 
21/12/2020 

At  
1 January 
2020 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

Share 
options 
granted 

10,887 
11,070 
14,813 
16,226 
13,460 
13,093 

79,549 

Share 
options 
exercised 

Share 
options 
lapsed 

As at 
31 December 
2020 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

10,887 
11,070 
14,813 
16,226 
13,460 
13,093 

79,549 

Earliest 
vesting 
date 

24/07/2020 
25/08/2020 
25/09/2020 
23/10/2020 
25/11/2020 
21/12/2020 

Lapse
date

24/07/2028
25/08/2028
25/09/2028
23/10/2028
25/11/2028
21/12/2028

Philip Jackson
Chairman Remuneration Committee
7 April 2021

43

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Report

The Directors have pleasure in presenting their report together with the Group and Parent Company financial statements for the year ended  
31 December 2020. The Corporate Governance Statement set out on pages 26 to 28 of this Annual Report forms part of this report.

Business review and future developments
A review of the business and the future developments of the Group are presented in the Chairman’s statement, the CEO’s statement, and the 
Finance Director’s financial review which are all sections within the Strategic Report.

Dividends
The Directors do not recommend the payment of a dividend for the year (year ended 31 December 2019: £nil).

Principal Activities
The Group’s principal area of activity is exploring for, appraising, developing and producing oil and gas.

Share capital
Details of changes to share capital in the period are set out in note 25 to the consolidated financial statements. 

Directors and their interests
The Directors who served during the year were as follows:

C McDowell 
S Bowler 
P Jackson 
T Kumar 
H Årstad 

Interim Non‑executive Chairman
Chief Executive Officer 
Non‑executive
Non‑executive
Non‑executive

The beneficial interest of each of the Directors’ and their immediate families in the ordinary share capital of the Company are shown below:

C McDowell 
S Bowler 
P Jackson 
T Kumar 
H Årstad 

31 December 2020 

Ordinary 0.002p Shares  

31 December 2019
Ordinary 0.002p Shares

Number 

219,170 
94,590 
– 
– 
– 

% 

0.18 
0.08 
– 
– 
– 

Number 

219,170 
74,772 
– 
– 
– 

%

0.18
0.06
–
–
–

In addition, on 27 January 2021, S Bowler subscribed to his full entitlement under the Group’s share scheme and accordingly was allotted  
14,595 shares.

Annual General Meeting 2021
The Annual General Meeting (the AGM) of the Company will be held at the Company’s offices at Cuckoo’s Corner, Holybourne, Off A31, Alton, 
Hampshire, GU34 4JD on 13 May 2021, commencing at 10:30 a.m. The resolutions to be proposed at the AGM are set out and fully explained in 
the notice of AGM available on the Company’s website at: https://www.igasplc.com/investors/publications-and-reports.

Rotation and Re-election of Directors
In accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association, Cuth McDowell and Stephen Bowler retire by rotation and they each offer themselves 
for re-election at the AGM on 13 May 2021. 

Directors’ Insurance and Indemnity Provisions
Subject to the conditions set out in the Companies Act 2006, the Company has arranged appropriate directors and officers’ insurance to 
indemnify the Directors and officers against liability in respect of proceedings brought by third parties. Such provision remains in force at the 
date of this report.

The Company indemnifies the Directors against actions they undertake or fail to undertake as Directors or officers of any Group company, to the 
extent permissible for such indemnities to meet the test of a qualifying third party indemnity provision as provided for by the Companies Act 
2006. The nature and extent of the indemnities is as described in Article 58 of the Company’s Articles of Association as adopted on 5 June 2020 
(and this remains unchanged from the position pursuant to the Company’s previous articles of association, adopted on 8 August 2013). Therefore, 
these provisions remained in force throughout the period and remain in place at the date of this report.

44

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Substantial Shareholders
As at 7 April 2021, the Company had been notified in accordance with the requirements of provision 5.1.2 of the Financial Conduct Authority’s 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the following significant holdings in the Company’s ordinary share capital:

Kerogen General Partner II Limited 
KOG Investments S.A.R.L. 
Royal London AM 
Bank of America 
J.O. Hambro 

Number of Shares 

34,214,615 
17,923,583 
10,155,760 
9,566,256 
8,041,235 

%

27.4
 14.4
8.1
7.7
6.4

Financial Instruments
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash balances, borrowings, derivative instruments and other debtors and creditors that arise 
through the normal course of business as set out in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements. The Group’s financial risk management 
objectives are also set out in note 24 to the consolidated financial statements.

Employment Policy
It is the policy of the Group to operate a fair employment policy. No employee or job applicant is less favourably treated than another on 
the grounds of their sex, sexual orientation, age, marital status, religion, race, nationality, ethnic or national origin, colour or disability and all 
appointments and promotions are determined solely on merit. The Directors encourage employees to be aware of all issues affecting the Group 
and place considerable emphasis on employees sharing in its success.

Political Contributions
The Group made no political donations during the year (year ended 31 December 2019: £nil).

Status
The Company is not a close company as defined in the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988.

The Company is domiciled in the UK and incorporated and registered in England.

Board Committees
Information on the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees is included in the Corporate Governance section of this Annual Report.

Auditors
A resolution to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors will be proposed at the AGM on 13 May 2021 at a fee to be agreed in due 
course by the Audit Committee and the Board.

Directors’ Statement as to Disclosure of Information to the Auditor
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ Report is approved:

•  So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s and Company’s auditors are unaware; and
•  They have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information 

and to establish that the Group’s and Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

By order of the Board

Thamala Perera Schuetze
General Counsel and Company Secretary
IGas Energy plc
Registered Office:
Welton Gathering Centre
Barfield Lane off Wragby Road 
Sudbrooke
Lincoln, LN2 2QX

Incorporated and registered in England (company number: 04981279)
7 April 2021

45

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Corporate Governance 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 
in Respect of the Annual Report and Financial Statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and the financial statements in accordance with applicable law and regulation.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements for each financial year. Under that law, the Directors have prepared the 
Group and Company financial statements in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006.

Under company law, Directors must not approve the financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state 
of affairs of the Group and Company and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

•  select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•  state whether applicable international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 have been 

followed for the group financial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and
•  prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Company will continue  

in business.

The Directors are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the financial position of the Group and Company and enable them to ensure  
that the financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and Parent Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

On behalf of the Board,

Stephen Bowler  
Chief Executive Officer 
7 April 2021

46

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
Independent Auditors’ Report 
to the members of IGas Energy plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
 In our opinion, IGas Energy plc’s group financial statements and company financial statements (the “financial statements”):

•  give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 and of the group’s loss and the 

group’s and company’s cash flows for the year then ended; 

•  have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 

2006; and 

•  have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2020 (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: the 
Consolidated and Parent Company Balance Sheets as at 31 December 2020; the Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated and Parent Company Cash Flow Statements and the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements 
of Changes in Equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting 
policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the 
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements 
in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.

Material uncertainty related to going concern
In forming our opinion on the financial statements, which is not modified, we have considered the adequacy of the disclosure made in note 1(b) 
to the group financial statements and note 1(b) to the company financial statements, respectively, concerning the group’s and the company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern. The ability of the group and company to operate as a going concern is dependent upon the group 
generating cash flows, the availability of the monies drawn under its reserve-based lending (‘RBL’) and on the group not breaching its RBL 
covenants. The RBL is redetermined on a semi-annual basis and is based on the estimate of reserves and future oil prices. The group’s cash flows 
and the ability to meet its covenants could be impacted by a return to lower oil prices, the impact of further COVID-19 restrictions, and ability 
of management to implement mitigating actions which are not completely within their control. These conditions, along with the other matters 
explained in those notes to the financial statements, indicate the existence of a material uncertainty which may cast significant doubt about the 
group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include the adjustments that would result if 
the group and the company were unable to continue as a going concern.

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate.

Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
included:

•  checking the mathematical accuracy of management’s cash flow forecast and confirming the opening cash position.
•  challenging and evaluating management’s underlying cash flow projections including comparing forecast sales volumes, operating costs, 
capital expenditure and abandonment expenditure to recent actuals and internal forecasts and comparing forecast future oil prices and 
foreign exchange rates to external data.

•  assessing the reasonableness of management downside case, including assessing management’s ability to take mitigating actions, including 

delaying capital expenditure and reducing costs.

•  reviewing the completeness and appropriateness of management’s going concern disclosures in the financial statements.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.

47

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsIndependent Auditors’ Report 
to the members of IGas Energy plc continued

Our audit approach
Overview

Audit scope

Key audit matters

•  We scoped in all components for the purpose of the group audit
•  This enabled us to obtain coverage of 100% of group’s consolidated revenue and consolidated total 

assets.

•  Material uncertainty related to going concern
•   Consideration of the impact of COVID-19 (group and parent)
•   Carrying value of conventional oil & gas assets (group)
•   Carrying value of exploration and evaluation assets (group)
•   Completeness and valuation of the decommissioning provision (group)
•   Acquisition accounting (group and parent)
•   Carrying value of investment in subsidiaries (parent)

Materiality

•  Overall group materiality: £1,200,000 (2019: £1,200,000) based on 0.7% of total assets.
•  Overall company materiality: £475,000 (2019: £1,100,000) based on 1% of net assets.
•  Performance materiality: £900,000 (group) and £350,000 (company).

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

Capability of the audit in detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non‑compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section, to detect material misstatements in respect of 
irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.

Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related 
to tax regulations, employment laws, and health and safety regulation, and we considered the extent to which non‑compliance might have a 
material effect on the financial statements. We also considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the preparation of the 
financial statements such as the Companies Act 2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of 
the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate 
journal entries and management bias in accounting estimates. Audit procedures performed by the engagement team included:

•  Discussions with management and internal legal counsel, including consideration of known or suspected instances of non‑compliances with 

laws and regulations.

•  Assessment of the group’s whistleblowing facility and matters reported through the facility.
•  Challenging the assumptions and judgements made by management in determining their significant accounting estimates (see related key 

audit matters below).

•  Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations or unusual words.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non‑compliance with 
laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment 
by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the 
auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the 
efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these 
matters.

In addition to going concern, described in the Material uncertainty related to going concern section above, we determined the matters described 
below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

Acquisition accounting is a new key audit matter this year. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.

48

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Consideration of the impact of COVID-19 (group and parent)
As set out in the Annual Report, management has considered the 
impact of COVID-19 on the group, alongside the actions that have 
been taken in response to the pandemic. Refer to the Strategic 
Report. As a result of the pandemic and oil price reduction in 2020 
there is a heightened level of uncertainty in respect of certain 
accounting estimates, such as impairment assessments. Management 
has also considered the potential impact of COVID-19 in undertaking 
their assessment of going concern.

Carrying value of conventional oil & gas assets (group)
Refer to significant accounting judgements and estimates and note 
12 Property, plant and equipment. Conventional oil and gas assets 
totalled £71.0 million after an impairment of £38.5 million in the 
year. These represent 98.0% of the group’s total property, plant and 
equipment. We focused on this area due to the material nature  
of the balance, the judgement involved in assessing for impairment  
and the estimates required to calculate the value in the current 
economic climate.

Carrying value of exploration and evaluation assets (group)
Refer to significant accounting judgements and estimates and note 
11 Intangible assets. As at 31 December 2020, in accordance with 
IFRS 6, management assessed the assets for impairment indicators. 
The carrying value of the group’s exploration and evaluation assets 
was £43.4 million. We focused on this area due to the material 
nature of the balance and the estimates and judgements involved  
in assessing for impairment.

Our procedures and conclusions in respect of impairment for the 
group are set out in separate key audit matters of this report.

Our procedures and conclusions in respect of going concern are 
set out separately within the material uncertainty relating to going 
concern section of this report. 

We considered whether changes to working practices brought 
about by COVID-19 had an adverse impact on the effectiveness of 
management’s business processes controls. We did not identify any 
significant deterioration in the control environment due to remote 
working.

Our work did not identify any changes which had a significant impact 
on our audit approach other than needing to perform our work 
remotely.

We considered the appropriateness of disclosures in the financial 
statements in relation to the impact of the pandemic on the relevant 
accounting estimates and concluded that these are appropriate.

We evaluated the cash flow forecasts and the process by which they 
were drawn up, compared them to the latest board approved budget 
and forecasts as of 31 December 2020 and verified mathematical 
accuracy.

We have verified that the exchange rate used is comparable with 
the actual exchange rates as at 31 December 2020 and historical 
exchange rates. We agreed the forecast oil price to third party 
consensus forecasts. We concluded management’s price forecast was 
reasonable.

Management’s production forecasts were reconciled to the independent 
reserves report prepared by DeGolyer and MacNaughton (D&M)  
in January 2021. We assessed the competence and objectivity of 
D&M by considering factors including professional qualifications and 
experience of their team. We held discussions with D&M regarding 
the key judgements and estimates considered during the preparation 
of the reserves report.

Another key element of the forecast is the discount rate. We have 
involved valuations specialists to perform an independent calculation 
and consider it to be reasonable.

Finally, we considered the adequacy of management’s disclosure of 
the key judgements and sensitivities in relation to the impairment 
assessment in note 12. These were deemed to be in line with the 
requirements of IAS 36.

We have evaluated management’s assessment which supports the 
carrying value of the exploration and evaluation assets.

This included confirming that for each licence that there was an  
on‑going work programme and that the carrying amount of 
the licence was likely to be recovered in full from successful 
development or by sale.

We concur with management that assets meet these criteria, and in 
line with IFRS 6; and that the remaining carrying value is supportable.

49

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsIndependent Auditors’ Report 
to the members of IGas Energy plc continued

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Completeness and valuation of the decommissioning provision 
(group)
Refer to significant accounting judgements and estimates and 
note 21 Provisions. There is a provision of £61.8 million for the 
abandonment of fields and gathering centres. The abandonment and 
decommissioning are expected to take place between 1 and 37 years 
from the year end. We focused on this area as the determination of 
the decommissioning liability is inherently judgmental and includes 
estimates of future costs.

We have reviewed the completeness of the number of wells 
included in management’s estimate.

We have assessed management’s cost per well estimate and have 
reviewed the results of actual decommissioning costs.

We have reviewed the work performed by management’s experts 
on estimating the cost for decommissioning and challenged them 
on the estimates used.

We have benchmarked the risk‑free rate used by management 
compared with industry practice.

We also considered the adequacy of management’s disclosures in 
note 21.

Based on the procedures performed we concur with management 
that their assessment of the decommissioning provision is 
reasonable.

Acquisition accounting (group and parent)
Refer to significant accounting judgements and estimates and note 
9 Acquisitions. The maximum consideration payable to GT Energy UK 
Limited (‘GT’ or the ‘Sellers’) under the Share Purchase Agreement is 
£12.0 million which will be fully settled by issue of ordinary shares 
of IGas Energy plc. The company has already made an initial payment 
of £0.5 million to the Sellers satisfied fully in shares. The payment of 
the balance £11.5 million consideration is contingent upon achieving 
certain milestones. The assessment of the contingent consideration 
payable (£2.8 million) requires management to make judgements 
and estimates which determine the anticipated timing of when 
the consideration will become payable. The assets and liabilities 
acquired were recorded at fair value on acquisition date which 
included development costs of £3.2 million. We focused on this 
area due to the material nature of the balance, the judgements and 
estimates involved in computation of contingent consideration and 
assessing the fair value of the development costs. For these reasons, 
we identified this as a key audit matter. 

We have reviewed the terms and conditions of the acquisition 
agreements relating to the contingent consideration amounts 
payable and checked that the calculation of the contingent 
consideration is in accordance with them.

We have audited the contingent consideration calculations and 
estimates made by management to determine the fair value of the 
net assets as on the acquisition date.

We have challenged the estimates, referring to supporting 
documentation and considered the sensitivity of the calculations  
to changes in the judgements and estimates.

We have evaluated management’s assessment which supports the 
respective carrying values and concur with management that the 
respective carrying values are supportable.

Finally, we considered the adequacy of management’s disclosure of 
the key judgements and sensitivities. These were deemed to be in 
line with the requirements of the IFRS 3.

Carrying value of investment in subsidiaries (parent)
Refer to note 2 Investment in subsidiaries. The carrying value of 
the company’s investments in subsidiaries were £186.2 million at 
31 December 2020, comprising of £37.0 million of investment in 
subsidiaries and £149.2 million of loans to group companies. These 
represents 90.7% of the company’s total assets. We focused on this 
area due to the material nature of the balance.

We have obtained management’s assessment over whether the 
carrying value of the investments in subsidiaries is supportable.

This included comparing the fair value of each entity with the 
carrying value of the parent company investments and verifying 
the mathematical accuracy of the calculations.

Fair values were derived from a combination of the subsidiary net 
assets and the fair value of the subsidiaries’ oil and gas properties 
based on the group impairment model.

Based on the procedures performed we concur with management 
that, after impairment and credit loss allowance, the carrying value 
is supportable.

50

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as a 
whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which they 
operate.

The group is structured along two segments being conventional and unconventional licences. For the purposes of financial reporting, the group 
considers two components - the parent company financial statements and the group financial statements. These components comprise the 
group’s centralised functions and operating businesses within these segments. All of the group’s operating business and 100% of the total 
assets and 99% of the total liabilities are located in the UK. All the group entities have central management and centralised processes and 
controls and therefore our audit work was all conducted solely in the UK.

We scoped in both reporting components for the purpose of the group audit. This gave us 100% coverage over consolidated revenue and total 
assets and together with additional procedures performed at the group level, gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the group 
financial statements as a whole.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together 
with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the 
individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the 
financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Financial statements – group

Financial statements – company

Overall materiality

£1,200,000 (2019: £1,200,000).

£475,000 (2019: £1,100,000).

How we determined it

0.7% of total assets

1% of net assets

Rationale for benchmark applied

We believe that total assets are reflective of 
the group’s current operations and has more 
relevance than earnings to shareholders.

We consider net assets to be one of the principal 
considerations for the members of the parent 
company.

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group materiality. The range of 
materiality allocated across components was £1,200,000 to £475,000.

We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature 
and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance 
materiality was 75% of overall materiality, amounting to £900,000 for the group financial statements and £350,000 for the company financial 
statements.

In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors ‑ the history of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation 
risk and the effectiveness of controls - and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.

We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £60,000 (group 
audit) (2019: £60,000) and £23,750 (company audit) (2019: £55,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted 
reporting for qualitative reasons.

51

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsIndependent Auditors’ Report 
to the members of IGas Energy plc continued

Reporting on other information 
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our auditors’ report 
thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information 
and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance 
thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on 
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included.

Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as 
described below.

Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report and Directors’ report 
for the year ended 31 December 2020 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal 
requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not 
identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors’ report.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements, the directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either 
intend to liquidate the group or the company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, 
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected 
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. 
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to 
target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a 
conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of 
Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any 
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior 
consent in writing.

52

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•  adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches 

not visited by us; or

•  certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•  the company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Richard Spilsbury 
(Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
7 April 2021

53

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsConsolidated Income Statement
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Revenue 

Cost of sales: 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
Other costs of sales 

Gross (loss)/profit 
Administrative expenses 
Exploration and evaluation assets written-off 
Oil and gas assets impairment 
Goodwill impairment 
Gain/(loss) on oil price derivatives 
Gain on foreign exchange contracts 

Operating loss 

Finance income 
Finance costs 
Loss on extinguishment of debt 
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration 
Other income 

Loss from continuing activities before tax 
Income tax credit 

Loss after tax from continuing operations attributable to shareholders’ equity 
Loss after taxation from discontinued operations after tax from discontinued operations 

Net loss for the year attributable to shareholders’ equity  

Loss attributable to equity shareholders from continuing operations:
Basic loss per share  
Diluted loss per share  

Loss attributable to equity shareholders including discontinued operations:
Basic loss per share  
Diluted loss per share  

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Loss for the year 
Other comprehensive loss for the year: 
Currency translation adjustments recycled to the income statement 
Currency translation adjustments 

Total other comprehensive loss for the year 

Total comprehensive loss for the year 

The notes on pages 58 to 92 form an integral part of these financial statements.

54

Year ended 
31 December  
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

21,578 

40,901

Note 

2 

(5,974) 
(17,553) 

(9,058)
(20,542)

(23,527) 

(29,600)

(1,949) 
(5,331) 
(67) 
(38,535) 
– 
3,520 
229 

(42,133) 

1,472 
(3,648) 
– 
(180) 
415 

(44,074) 
1,985 

(42,089) 
(11,060) 

(53,149) 

11,301
(4,533)
(53,928)
–
(4,801)
(3,348)
265

(55,044)

460
(3,861)
(692)
–
–

(59,137)
9,307

(49,830)
(396)

(50,226)

(34.35p) 
(34.35p) 

(40.93p)
(40.93p)

(43.37p) 
(43.37p) 

(41.26p)
(41.26p)

11 
12 
10 
4 
4 

3 

6 
6 
20 
21 

7 

18 

8 
8 

8 
8 

Note 

18 

Year ended 
31 December  
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

(53,149) 

(50,226)

10,781 
(19) 

10,762 5

(63)
68

(42,387) 

(50,221)

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet
as at 31 December 2020

ASSETS 
Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right‑of‑use assets 
Restricted cash 
Deferred tax asset 

Current assets 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Lease liabilities 
Provisions 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Other payables 
Lease liabilities 
Provisions 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY 
Capital and reserves 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Other reserves 
Accumulated deficit 

Total equity 

31 December 
 2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

Note 

11 
12 
14 
17 
7 

15 
16 
17 
24 

19 
24 
14 
21 

20 
19 
14 
21 

25 
25 

26 

46,711 
72,439 
7,658 
410 
31,945 

41,455
104,532
7,668
410
29,961

159,163 

184,026

1,023 
4,095 
2,438 
314 

7,870 

167,033 

(5,247) 
(1,271) 
(694) 
(293) 

(7,505) 

(13,695) 
(1,160) 
(6,820) 
(64,550) 

(86,225) 

(93,730) 

1,193
5,986
8,194
127

15,500

199,526

(9,288)
(266)
(988)
–

(10,542)

(13,071)
(1,529)
(6,173)
(55,101)

(75,874)

(86,416)

73,303 

113,110

30,333 
102,906 
3,473 
35,117 
(98,526) 

30,333
102,680
(7,289)
32,781
(45,395)

73,303 

113,110

These financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 7 April 2021 and are signed on its behalf by:

Stephen Bowler 
Chief Executive Officer 

Frances Ward
Finance Director

The notes on pages 58 to 92 form an integral part of these financial statements.

55

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Called up  
share capital  
(note 25)  
 £000 

At 1 January 2019 
Loss for the year 
Share options issued under the employee share plan (note 26) 
Issue of shares (note 25) 
Forfeiture of options under the employee share plan (note 26) 
Currency translation adjustments 

At 31 December 2019 
Loss for the year 
Share options issued under the employee share plan (note 26) 
Issue of shares (note 25) 
Disposal of shares held in EBT (note 26) 
Currency translation adjustments 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Share 
premium 
account 
(note 25) 
 £000 

102,501 
– 
– 
179 
– 
– 

102,680 
– 
– 
226 
– 
– 

At 31 December 2020 

30,333 

102,906 

Foreign
currency 
translation 
reserve* 
 £000 

Other 
reserves** 
(note 26) 
 £000 

Accumulated
surplus/ 
(deficit) 
 £000 

(7,294) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
5 

(7,289) 
– 
– 
– 
– 
10,762 

3,473 

31,310 
– 
1,599 
– 
(128) 
– 

32,781 
– 
2,366 
(30) 
– 
– 

35,117 

4,831 
(50,226) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(45,395) 
(53,149) 
– 
– 
18 
– 

Total
equity
 £000

161,681
(50,226)
1,599
179
(128)
5

113,110
(53,149)
2,366
196
18
10,762

(98,526) 

73,303

*  The foreign currency translation reserve represents exchange gains and losses arising on translation of foreign currency subsidiaries net assets and results,  

and on translation of those subsidiaries intercompany balances which form part of the net investment of the Group.

** Other reserves include: 1) EIP/MRP/LTIP/VCP/EDRP (see note 26) reserves which represent the cost of share options issued under the long term incentive plans; 
2) share investment plan reserve which represents the cost of the partnership and matching shares; 3) treasury shares reserve which represents the cost of 
shares in IGas Energy plc purchased in the market and held by the IGas Employee Benefit Trust (EBT) to satisfy awards held under the Group incentive plans; 
and 4) capital contribution reserve which arose following the acquisition of IGas Exploration UK Limited.

The notes on pages 58 to 92 form an integral part of these financial statements.

56

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Cash flows from operating activities:
Loss from continuing activities before tax for the year 
Net loss on extinguishment of debt re-financing 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation* 
Abandonment costs/other provisions utilised 
Share based payment charge 
Exploration and evaluation assets written-off 
Oil and gas assets impairment 
Goodwill impairment 
Unrealised loss on oil price derivatives 
Unrealised gain on foreign exchange contracts 
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration 
Other income 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Other non‑cash adjustments 

Operating cash flow before working capital movements 
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables and other financial assets 
Decrease in trade and other payables 
Decrease/(increase) in inventories 

Cash from continuing operating activities 

(Increase)/decrease in discontinued operating activities 

Taxation paid – continuing operating activities 

Net cash from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Purchase of intangible exploration and evaluation assets 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of other development assets 
Cash acquired on acquisition of subsidiary 
Proceeds from disposal of assets 
Other income received 
Interest received 

Cash used in continuing investing activities 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Cash proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital 
Proceeds from disposal of shares held in EBT net of costs 
Drawdown on Reserve Based Lending facility 
Repayment on Reserve Based Lending facility 
Fees paid related to debt re-financing 
Repayment of bonds 
Repayment of principal portion of lease liability 
Repayment of interest on lease liabilities 
Interest paid 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents in the year 
Net foreign exchange difference  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

*  Depletion, depreciation and amortisation includes £1.3 million (2019: £1.5 million) relating to right-of-use assets (note 14).

The notes on pages 58 to 92 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended  
31 December  
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

Note 

20 
3 

5 
11 
12 
10 
4 
4 
21 

6 
6 

9 

25 
26 
17 
17 
17 
17 
14 
14 
17 

17 

(44,074) 
– 
6,303 
(1,348) 
1,025 
67 
38,535 
– 
1,048 
(229) 
180 
(415) 
(1,472) 
3,648 
(10) 

3,258 
1,514 
(1,187) 
170 

3,755 

(156) 

– 

(59,137)
692
9,449
(1,760)
801
53,928
–
4,801
2,380
(265)
–
–
(460)
3,861
(14)

14,276
(602)
(1,733)
(44)

11,897

105

–

3,599 

12,002

(2,314) 
(6,152) 
(67) 
77 
– 1
4 
11 

(8,441) 

(8,441) 

56 
4 
5,544 
(4,645) 
– 
– 
(973) 
(795) 
(940) 

(1,749) 

(6,591) 
835 
8,194 

2,438 

(2,716)
(3,668)
–
–

14
129

(6,240)

(6,240)

69
–
19,319
(4,639)
(1,059)
(21,355)
(2,010)
(677)
(2,021)

(12,373)

(6,611)
(307)
15,112

8,194

57

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020

1 Accounting policies
(a) Basis of preparation of financial statements
The consolidated financial statements of IGas Energy plc and subsidiaries (the Group) have been prepared in accordance with international 
accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements were approved by the Board 
and authorised for issue on 7 April 2021. IGas Energy plc is a public limited company (limited by shares) incorporated and registered in England, 
United Kingdom and listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM).

The Group financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments that 
are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period. The Group financial statements are presented in UK pounds sterling and all values 
are rounded to the nearest thousand (£000) except when otherwise indicated.

Subsidiary undertakings exemption from audit
IGas Energy plc has guaranteed the liabilities of the subsidiaries listed below under section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 in respect of the 
year ended 31 December 2020.

Star Energy Group Limited – 05054503
Star Energy Limited – 03806814
Star Energy Weald Basin Limited – 06293763
IGas Energy Enterprise Limited – 05457589
Island Gas Limited – 04962079
Island Gas (Singleton) Limited – 01021095
Dart Energy (Europe) Limited – SC259898
Dart Energy (East England) Limited – 06760546
IGas Energy Production Limited – SC298739
Dart Energy (West England) Limited – 06760557
IGas Energy Development Limited – 07240286
GT Energy UK Limited – 08451346

New and amended IFRS Standards that are effective for the current year
During the year, the Group adopted the following new and amended IFRSs for the first time for their reporting period commencing 1 January 2020:

Amendments to IFRS 3 
Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 
Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 
IFRS 2, IFRS 3, IFRS 6, IFRS 14, IAS 1, IAS 8, IAS 34, IAS 37,  
IAS 38, IFRIC 12, IFRIC 19, IFRIC 20, IFRIC 22, and SIC-32 

Definition of a Business
Definition of Material
 Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards

The adoption of these standards does not have a material impact on the Group in the current or future reporting periods. 

New and revised IFRS Standards in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRS Standards that have 
been issued but are not yet effective:

IFRS 17 
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 

Amendments to IAS 1 
Amendments to IFRS 3 
Amendments to IAS 16 
Amendments to IAS 37 
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle 

Amendments to IFRS 16 

Insurance Contracts
 Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate  
or Joint Venture
 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current
 Reference to the Conceptual Framework
 Property, Plant and Equipment—Proceeds before Intended Use
 Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract
 Amendments to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting 
Standards, IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, IFRS 16 Leases, and IAS 41 Agriculture
COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of the Group 
in future periods.

58

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 20201 Accounting policies continued
(b) Going concern
The Group continues to closely monitor and manage its liquidity risks. Cash flow forecasts for the Group are regularly produced based on, inter 
alia, the Group’s production and expenditure forecasts, management’s best estimate of future oil prices, management’s best estimate of foreign 
exchange rates and the Group’s available loan facility under the RBL. Sensitivities are run to reflect different scenarios including, but not limited 
to, possible further reductions in commodity prices, strengthening of sterling and reductions in forecast oil and gas production rates. 

The ability of the Group to operate as a going concern is dependent upon the continued availability of future cash flows and the availability of 
the monies drawn under its RBL, which is re‑determined semi‑annually based on various parameters (including oil price and level of reserves) 
and is also dependent on the Group not breaching its RBL covenants. Whilst we have better financial flexibility and a reduced overall cost of 
debt under the RBL and have successfully completed the 2020 year-end re-determination, we have re-evaluated our priorities in the short-term 
to ensure we weather both any oil price weakness and other impacts of COVID-19, including potential disruption to the Group’s operational 
activities which could impact earnings, cash flows and financial condition of the Group.

The COVID-19 pandemic developed rapidly in 2020, with a significant number of cases worldwide. Measures taken by various governments  
to contain the virus affected global economic activity and resulted in a significant reduction in demand for oil. The fall in oil demand led to a fall 
in oil prices from around $60/bbl at the start of 2020 to a low of under $20/bbl in April 2020. Although the oil price has recovered sharply since 
then, to close 2020 above $50/bbl and has had a strong start to 2021, there remains significant uncertainty as to how COVID-19 and its aftermath 
will impact economies, oil demand and therefore oil price over the near and mid‑term.

Management has also considered the impact of the COVID-19 global crisis on the Group’s operations. We continue to monitor the situation 
closely and act within Government guidelines and have a number of contingency plans in place should our operations be significantly affected 
by the coronavirus. Many of our sites are remotely manned and at this stage we are well equipped as a business to ensure we maintain business 
continuity. Our production comes from a large number of wells in a variety of locations and we have flexibility in our off-take arrangements.  
We continue to liaise and co‑operate with all the relevant regulators. 

The Group’s base case cash flow forecast was run with average oil prices of $61/bbl for 2021 and $58/bbl in 2022, with a foreign exchange 
rate of $1.40/£1 during the period. Our modelling included the benefits of the Group’s commodity hedging policy with 369,600 bbls hedged 
at an average minimum price of $44/bbl. Our forecasts show that the Group will have sufficient financial headroom to meet its financial 
covenants based on the existing RBL facility. Given the uncertainties described above, the level of Group revenues and availability of facilities 
under the RBL are inherently uncertain. As such, management has also prepared a downside forecast with average oil prices at $63/bbl in the 
second quarter of 2021 and have then modelled in a sudden crash in price to $43/bbl in July 2021 with prices remaining at that level for a year 
before increasing to $45/bbl in July 2022. Our downside case also included an average reduction in production of 5% over the period and a 
strengthening of sterling against the US dollar with rates moving to $1.45 by October 2021 and remaining at this level for 2022. To manage the 
impact of the downside scenario modelled, management would take mitigating actions, including further commodity hedging, delaying capital 
expenditure and additional reductions in costs in order to remain within the Group’s debt liquidity covenants. All such mitigating actions are 
within management’s control. In the downside case, management would also consider additional cash generating opportunities for the Group. 
While management acknowledges that these may not be completely in our control, we have assumed that cash flow from some of these 
opportunities would be available in 2022. In this downside scenario, our forecast shows that the Group will have sufficient financial headroom to 
meet its financial covenants for the 12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. However, should oil price or demand (and 
therefore revenue) fall below our downside scenario oil price forecast, the Group may not have sufficient funds available for 12 months from the 
date of approval of these financial statements.

As a result, at the date of approval of the financial statements, there continues to be a material uncertainty in respect of the potential impact of 
COVID-19 on the Group’s operational activities and future commodity prices. These material uncertainties may cast significant doubt upon the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern. Notwithstanding these material uncertainties, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that 
the Group has adequate resources to continue in existence for the foreseeable future and have concluded it is appropriate to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements. The financial statements do not include the adjustments that would 
result if the Group was unable to continue as a going concern.

59

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsConsolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(c) Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements present the results of IGas Energy plc and its subsidiaries as if they formed a single entity. The financial 
statements of subsidiaries used in the preparation of consolidated financial statements are based on consistent accounting policies to the 
parent. All intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies, including unrealised profits arising from them, are eliminated in 
full. Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, it is treated as an extension of the entity.

At 31 December 2020, the Group comprised the Company and entities controlled by IGas Energy plc (its subsidiaries). The results of subsidiaries 
acquired during the year are included in the consolidated income statement from the date that control passed to the Company. In addition,  
a number of subsidiaries were dissolved/struck off or liquidated, as disclosed in note 2 of the Parent Company financial statements.

(d) Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The cost of the acquisition is measured at the aggregate of the fair 
values, at the date of exchange, of assets given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity instruments issued by the Group in exchange for 
control of the acquiree. The acquiree’s identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities that meet the conditions for recognition under 
IFRS 3 are recognised at their fair value at the acquisition date. Goodwill arising on acquisition is recognised as an asset and initially measured at 
cost, being the excess of the cost of the business combination over the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities 
and contingent liabilities recognised. If, after reassessment, the Group’s interest in the net fair value of the acquiree’s identifiable assets, 
liabilities and contingent liabilities exceeds the cost of the business combination, the excess is recognised immediately in the income statement. 
Acquisition costs are expensed in the income statement.

When the consideration transferred by the Group in a business combination includes a contingent consideration arrangement, the contingent 
consideration is measured at its acquisition‑date fair value and included as part of the consideration transferred in a business combination. 
Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments depend on how the contingent 
consideration is classified. Contingent consideration that is classified as equity is not re-measured at subsequent reporting dates and its 
subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Other contingent consideration is re‑measured to fair value at subsequent reporting dates 
with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement.

(e) Joint arrangements
Certain of the Group’s licence interests are held jointly with others under arrangements whereby unincorporated and jointly controlled ventures 
are used to explore, evaluate and ultimately develop and produce from its oil and gas interests. Accordingly, the Group accounts for its share of 
assets, liabilities, income and expenditure of these joint operations, classified in the appropriate balance sheet and income statement headings, 
except where its share of such amounts remain the responsibility of another party in accordance with the terms of carried interests as described 
at (i) below.

Where the Group enters into a farm‑in agreement involving a licence in the exploration and evaluation phase, the Group records all costs that  
it incurs under the terms of the joint operating agreement as amended by the farm‑in agreement as they are incurred. 

Where the Group enters into a farm‑out agreement involving a license in the exploration and evaluation phase, the Group does not record  
any expenditure made by the farmee on its account. It also does not immediately recognise any gain or loss on its exploration and evaluation 
farm‑out arrangements, but redesignates any costs previously capitalised in relation to the whole interest as relating to the partial interest 
retained. Any cash consideration received directly from the farmee is credited against costs previously capitalised in relation to the whole 
interest with any excess accounted for by the farmor as a gain on disposal.

When the Group, acting as an operator or manager of a joint arrangement, receives reimbursement of direct costs recharged to the joint 
arrangement, such recharges represent reimbursements of costs that the operator incurred as an agent for the joint arrangement and therefore 
have no effect on profit or loss.

(f) Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRSs requires management to make judgements and 
estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the consolidated 
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates and assumptions are 
continuously evaluated and are based on management’s experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances. However, actual outcomes can differ from these estimates. 

In particular, the Group has identified the following areas where significant judgements and estimates are required, and where if actual results 
were to differ, this could materially affect the financial position or financial results reported in a future period. Further information on each of 
these and how they impact the various accounting policies are described in the relevant notes to the financial statements. 

60

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 20201 Accounting policies continued
(f) Significant accounting judgements and estimates continued
Estimates:
Recoverable value of intangible assets
The Group has capitalised intangible exploration and evaluation assets in accordance with IFRS 6. Significant judgement is required in considering 
whether it is appropriate to continue to carry these costs on the balance sheet and whether the assets have been impaired. The key areas in which 
management has applied judgement and estimation include the Group’s intention to proceed with a future work programme for a prospect or 
licence, the likelihood of licence renewal or plans for relinquishment, the assessment of results from wells or geological or geophysical studies, 
the likely impact of political factors including planning permissions and the assessment of whether the carrying amount of the exploration and 
evaluation asset is unlikely to be recovered in full from successful development or by sale. Details of the Group’s intangible exploration and 
evaluation assets are disclosed in note 11 to the financial statements.

The Group assesses intangible development costs at each reporting period end to determine whether there is any impairment. The assessment 
requires the use of estimates and assumptions such as long-term prices, discount rates, geothermal water flow rates and capital expenditure. 
These estimates and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty. Therefore, there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will impact 
these projections, which may impact the recoverable value of intangible development costs. Details of the Group’s capitalised development 
costs are disclosed in note 11 to the financial statements.

Recoverable value of property, plant and equipment
Management reviews the Group’s property, plant and equipment at least annually for impairment indicators. The determination of recoverable 
amounts in any resulting impairment test requires judgement around key assumptions. Key assumptions in the impairment models include those 
related to GBP to US dollar foreign exchange rates and prices that are based on forward curves and long‑term corporate assumptions thereafter, 
discount rates that are risked to reflect conditions specific to individual assets, future costs, both capital and operating that are based on 
management’s estimates having regard to past experience and the known characteristics of the individual assets, reserves (discussed below) and 
future production. Details of the Group’s property, plant, and equipment are disclosed in note 12 to the financial statements.

Proved and probable reserves and contingent resources
The volume of proved and probable oil and gas reserves is an estimate that affects the unit of production depreciation of producing oil and 
gas property, plant and equipment as well as being a significant estimate affecting decommissioning provisions, impairment calculations and 
the valuation of oil and gas properties in business combinations. Contingent resources affect the valuation of exploration and evaluation 
assets acquired in business combinations and the estimation of the recoverable value of those assets in impairment tests. Proved and probable 
reserves and contingent resources are estimated using standard recognised evaluation techniques. Estimates are reviewed at least annually 
and are regularly estimated by independent consultants. Future development costs are estimated taking into account the level of development 
required to produce the reserves by reference to operators, where applicable, and internal engineers.

Deferred tax asset recognition
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the 
losses can be utilised. Significant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognised, 
based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies. Estimates of future taxable profits 
are based on cash flows expected to be generated from internal estimates of projected production and costs. Details of the Group’s deferred tax 
assets, including those not recognised due to uncertainty regarding the future utilisation, are disclosed in note 7 to the financial statements.

Decommissioning costs
The estimated cost of decommissioning at the end of the producing lives of fields is reviewed periodically and is based on forecast price 
levels and technology at the balance sheet date. Provision is made for the estimated cost at the balance sheet date, using a discounted cash 
flow methodology and a risk free rate of return. Details of the Group’s decommissioning provisions are disclosed in note 21 to the financial 
statements.

Judgements:
Functional currency 
The determination of functional currency often requires significant judgement where the primary economic environment in which a Company 
operates may not be clear. The parent entity reconsiders the functional currency of its entities if there is a change in the underlying transactions, 
events and conditions which determines the primary economic environment. 

61

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsConsolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(f) Significant accouting judgements and estimates continued
Judgements continued:
Interest rate implicit in the lease
Since the interest rate implicit in the lease cannot be readily determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate is used. The Incremental 
Borrowing Rate (the IBR) applicable for all of the leases for the Group is between 7.5% and 8.5%. While there is no definitive guidance in IFRS 16 
on how to determine an IBR we are typically observing rates built up from three components as follows:

a)   Risk free rate – a treasury bond rate or an interest swap rate in the local currency for the country of the lease, which reflects the duration  

of the lease;

b)  Credit spread specific to the lessee;
c)   Asset/lease specific adjustments to reflect the nature of the collateral

The determination of whether there is an interest rate implicit in the lease, the calculation of the Group’s IBR, and whether any adjustments to 
this rate are required, involves some judgement and is subject to change over time. At the commencement date of leases management consider 
whether the lease term will be the full term of the lease or whether any option to break or extend the lease is likely to be exercised. Leases are 
regularly reviewed and will be revalued if the term is likely to change.

(h) Revenue
Revenue comprises the invoiced value of goods and services supplied by the Group, net of value added tax and trade discounts. Revenue is 
recognised at a point in time when the control of the goods has passed onto the customers and there is no unfulfilled obligation that could affect 
the customer’s acceptance of the goods. In the case of oil, gas and electricity sales, these are recognised when goods are delivered and title has 
passed to the customer. This generally occurs when the product is physically delivered to the customer’s premises or transferred into a vessel, 
pipe or other delivery mechanism. 

Revenue from the production of oil from fields in which the Group has an interest with other producers, is recognised based on the Group’s 
working interest and the terms of the relevant production sharing contracts. Where oil produced by third parties is processed and delivered to a 
refinery by the Group, the measurement of the revenue depends upon whether physical title to the oil passes to the Group or whether the Group 
simply acts an agent for the producer. 

Estimates of revenues, costs or extent of progress toward completion are revised if circumstances change. Any resulting increases or decreases in 
estimated revenues or costs are reflected in the income statement in the period in which the circumstances that give rise to the revision become 
known by management. In the case of fixed-price contracts, the customer pays the fixed amount based on a payment schedule. If the invoiced 
value of goods or services rendered exceed the payment, a contract asset will be recognised. If the payments exceed the invoiced value of goods 
or services rendered, a contract liability will be recognised.

(i) Non-current assets 
Goodwill
Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount recognised over  
the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. After initial recognition, goodwill is 
measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 

Goodwill is tested for impairment at least annually and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. Impairment is 
determined for goodwill by assessing the recoverable amount of each cash generating unit (CGU) or group of CGUs to which the goodwill relates. 
Where the recoverable amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised. Impairment losses relating to 
goodwill are not reversed in future periods.

Development costs
Acquired development costs are initially recorded at fair value on acquisition date. After initial recognition, capitalised development costs are 
recorded at cost less accumulated impairment losses, as applicable, and represent costs incurred for the design and development of deep 
geothermal heat projects. 

Cost on development activities are capitalised if the project is technically and commercially feasible, the entity intends and has the technical 
ability and sufficient resources to complete development, future benefits are probable and if the entity can measure reliably the expenditure 
attributable to the intangible assets during its development. Expenditure capitalised includes direct labour, costs directly relating to the project 
such as geological studies and planning permits and appropriate proportion of overheads and capitalised borrowing costs. When it is no longer 
probable that a project will be carried out, the project’s development costs deferred to that date are expensed. Other expenditure is recognised 
in the profit and loss account as incurred. 

62

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
1 Accounting policies continued 
Development costs continued
Development costs are tested for impairment at least annually and when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be impaired. 
Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of each CGU or group of CGUs to which the development costs relate. 
Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value‑in‑use. Where the recoverable amount of the CGU is less  
than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognised.

Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale and discontinued operations
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable. They are measured at the lower of their carrying 
amount and fair value less costs to sell, except for assets such as deferred tax assets, assets arising from employee benefits, financial assets 
and investment property that are carried at fair value and contractual rights under insurance contracts, which are specifically exempt from this 
requirement.

An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write‑down of the asset (or disposal group) to fair value less costs to sell. A gain 
is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset (or disposal group), but not in excess of any cumulative 
impairment loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not previously recognised by the date of the sale of the non‑current asset (or disposal 
group) is recognised at the date of derecognition.

Non-current assets (including those that are part of a disposal group) are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. 
Interest and other expenses attributable to the liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale continue to be recognised.

Non-current assets classified as held for sale and the assets of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from the 
other assets in the balance sheet. The liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale are presented separately from other liabilities in 
the balance sheet.

A discontinued operation is a component of the entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that represents a separate 
major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single co‑ordinated plan to dispose of such a line of business or area of 
operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The results of discontinued operations are presented separately in the 
statement of profit or loss.

Intangible exploration and evaluation assets
The Group accounts for exploration and evaluation costs in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 6 Exploration for and Evaluation of Mineral 
Resources as follows:

•  Any costs incurred prior to obtaining the legal rights to explore an area are expensed immediately to the income statement;
•  Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets comprise those related to acquisition of rights to explore, topographical, 

geological, geochemical and geophysical studies, exploratory drilling (including coring and sampling), activities in relation to evaluating the 
technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting hydrocarbons (including appraisal drilling and production tests) and any land rights 
acquired for the sole purpose of effecting these activities. These costs include employee costs, directly attributable overheads, materials and 
consumables, equipment costs and payments made to contractors;

•  Tangible assets acquired for use in exploration and evaluation activities are classified as property, plant and equipment. However, to the extent 
that such tangible assets are consumed in developing an intangible exploration and evaluation asset, the amount reflecting that consumption 
is recorded as part of the exploration and evaluation asset;

•  Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are initially accumulated and capitalised by reference to appropriate geographic 
areas. Expenditure recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are transferred to property plant and equipment and classified as oil and 
gas assets when technical feasibility and commercial viability of extracting hydrocarbons is demonstrable; and 

•  Exploration and evaluation assets are assessed for impairment (on the basis described below), and any impairment loss recognised, before 

reclassification.

Impairment testing of exploration and evaluation assets
Expenditures recognised as exploration and evaluation assets are tested for impairment whenever facts and circumstances suggest that they 
may be impaired, which includes when a licence is approaching the end of its term and is not expected to be renewed, when there are no 
substantive plans for continued exploration or evaluation of an area, when the Group decides to abandon an area, or where development is 
likely to proceed in an area but there are indications that the exploration and evaluation asset costs are unlikely to be recovered in full either 
by development or through sale.

63

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsConsolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(i) Non-current assets continued
Property plant and equipment – oil and gas properties
•  Oil and gas properties and other property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment 

losses;

•  The cost of an asset comprises its purchase price or construction cost, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset into operation and, 
for qualifying assets where relevant, borrowing costs. The purchase price or construction cost is the aggregate amount paid and the fair value 
of any other consideration given to acquire the asset. The cost of oil and gas assets also includes an amount equal to the decommissioning 
cost estimate;

•  Oil and gas properties are depleted either on a unit of production basis, commencing at the start of commercial production, or depreciated on 
a basis over the relevant asset’s estimated useful life. Where expenditure is depreciated on a unit of production basis, the depletion charge is 
calculated according to the proportion that production bears to the recoverable reserves for each property; and

•  Net proceeds from any disposal of development/producing assets are compared to the previously capitalised costs for the relevant asset or 

group of assets. A gain or loss on disposal of a development/producing asset is recognised in the income statement to the extent that the net 
proceeds exceed or are less than the appropriate portion of the net capitalised costs of the asset or group of assets.

Impairment of oil and gas properties
The Group’s interests in oil and gas properties are assessed for indications of impairment including events or changes in circumstances which 
indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Any impairment in value is charged to the income statement.

Impairment tests are carried out on the following basis:

•  By comparing the sum of any amounts carried in the books as compared to the recoverable amount;
•  The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The Group generally assesses the fair value 
less costs to sell using the estimated future cash flows which are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or CGU; and

•  Where there has been a charge for impairment in an earlier period that charge will be reversed in a later period where there has been a 

change in circumstances to the extent that the recoverable amount is higher than the net book value at the time. In reversing impairment 
losses, the carrying amount of the asset will be increased to the lower of its original carrying value and the carrying value that would have 
been determined (net of depletion) had no impairment loss been recognised in prior periods.

Decommissioning
Where a liability for the removal of production facilities or site restoration exists, a provision for decommissioning is recognised. The amount 
recognised is discounted to its present value and is reflected in the Group’s non-current liabilities. A corresponding asset is included in the 
appropriate category of the Group’s non‑current assets (intangible exploration and evaluation assets and property, plant and equipment), 
depending on the accounting treatment adopted for the underlying operations/asset leading to the decommissioning provision. The asset is 
assessed for impairment and depleted in accordance with the Group’s policies as set out above.

Carried interests
Where the Group has entered into carried interest agreements in exploration and evaluation projects and the Group’s interest is being carried 
by a third party, no amounts are recorded in the financial statements where expenditure incurred under such agreements is not refundable. 
Where expenditure is refundable, out of what would but for the carry agreements have been the Group’s share of production, the Group records 
amounts as non-current assets, with a corresponding offset in current liabilities or non-current liabilities, as appropriate, but only once it is 
apparent that it is more likely than not that future production will be adequate to result in a refund under the terms of any carry agreement; the 
Group records refunds only to the extent that they are expected to be repayable.

Other property, plant and equipment
Other property, plant and equipment is stated at cost to the Group less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on such assets, with 
the exception of freehold land, at rates calculated to write off the cost of fixed assets, less their estimated residual values, over their estimated 
useful lives at the following rates, with any impairment being accounted for as additional depreciation:

Equipment used for exploration and evaluation 
Freehold land 
Buildings/leasehold property improvements 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
Motor vehicles 

– between six and twelve years on a straight line basis
– indefinite useful life
– over five to ten years on a straight line basis/over the period of the lease 
– between three and twenty years on a straight line basis
– over four years on a straight line basis 

The Group does not capitalise amounts considered to be immaterial. 

64

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 20201 Accounting policies continued
(j) Financial instruments
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and cash held on current account or on short‑term deposits at variable interest rates with 
original maturity periods of up to three months. Any interest earned is accrued monthly and classified as interest income within finance income. 

Other financial assets – Restricted cash
Restricted cash relates to bond guarantees issued to governments for the performance under the terms of work programmes. Funds are only 
classified as cash and cash equivalents when monies are transferred to and under the control of the Group.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally 
due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are initially recognised at the amount of 
consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised at fair value.  
Details about the Group’s impairment policy and the calculation of loss allowance is provided in the impairment of financial assets  
accounting policy below.

Trade and other payables
These financial liabilities are all non-interest bearing and are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration payable.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group enters into derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates and variability in the 
price realised on a proportion of its crude oil production. All derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date 
a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re‑measured at their fair value at each period end. Apart from those derivatives 
designated as qualifying cash flow hedging instruments, all changes in fair value are recorded as financial income or expense in the year in which 
they arise, otherwise they are recognised in other comprehensive income.

Fair value is the amount for which a financial asset, liability or instrument could be exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an 
arm’s length transaction. It is determined by reference to quoted market prices adjusted for estimated transaction costs that would be incurred 
in an actual transaction, or by the use of established estimation techniques such as option pricing models and estimated discounted values of 
cash flows. The fair value of derivative financial instruments has been calculated on a discounted cash flow basis by reference to forward market 
prices and risk free returns adjusted in the case of derivative financial liabilities by an appropriate credit spread.

Impairment of financial assets 
At the end of each reporting period, a provision is made if there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets was 
impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets was impaired and impairment loss is incurred only if there is objective evidence of 
impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a loss event), and that loss event (or events) 
had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that could be reliably estimated. 

Assets carried at amortised cost
For loans and receivables, the amount of loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that had not been incurred), discounted at the financial asset’s original effective 
interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of loss is recognised in the income statement.

If in the subsequent period, the amount of loss decreased and the decrease is related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was 
recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised in the 
income statement.

Expected credit loss
The Group assesses, on a forward‑looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised cost.  
The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. For trade receivables, the Group 
applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from initial recognition  
of receivables.

65

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsConsolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(k) Borrowings
Borrowings are measured initially at fair value. After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate (EIR) method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities are 
derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process. When management estimates of the amounts or timings of cash flows are revised, 
borrowings are re-measured using the revised cash flow estimates under the original effective interest rate with any consequent adjustment 
being recognised in the income statement.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. 
The EIR amortisation is included in finance costs in the income statement.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take 
a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of these assets, until such time as the assets are 
substantially ready for their intended use or sale.

Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted  
from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the periods in which  
they are incurred.

Derecognition
The difference between the carrying amount of the financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable is recognised in the 
income statement.

(l) Leases
The Group assesses whether a contract is or contains a lease, at inception of the contract. The Group recognises a right‑of‑use asset and a 
corresponding lease liability with respect to all lease arrangements in which it is the lessee, except for short-term leases (defined as leases with 
a lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low value assets. For these leases, the Group recognises the lease payments as an operating 
expense on a straight‑line basis over the term of the lease. 

Lease liabilities
The Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value of the lease payments to be made over the lease term. Lease payments 
include fixed payments less any lease incentives receivable and variable lease payments that depend on an index. The Group is exposed to 
potential future increases in variable lease payments based on an index or rate, which are not included in the lease liability until they take effect. 
When adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use 
asset. Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability.

Right-of-use assets
The Group recognises right‑of‑use assets at the commencement date of the lease. Right‑of‑use assets are measured at cost, less accumulated 
depreciation and impairment losses and adjusted for any re‑measurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right‑of‑use assets includes the amount 
of lease liabilities recognised, adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received. 
Right‑of‑use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life or the lease term on a straight‑line basis. Right‑of‑use assets are 
subject to and reviewed regularly for impairment. Depreciation on right‑of‑use assets is included in depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
within cost of sales or in administrative expense in the consolidated income statement based on the nature of the asset.

Extension renewal and termination options
Extension, renewal and termination options are included in a number of property, land cars and other equipment leases across the Group.  
In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an option  
to extend or renew, or not exercise a termination option. Extension and renewal options (or periods after termination options) are only included 
in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated).

The lease term is reassessed if an option is actually exercised (or not exercised) or the Group becomes obliged to exercise (or not exercise) it. 
The assessment of reasonable certainty is only revised if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs, which affects this 
assessment, and that is within the control of the lessee. 

Amounts recognised in cash flow statement
Lease payments are split between financing cash flows and operating cash flows in the cash flow statement. Financing cash flows represent 
repayment of principal and interest. 

66

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 20201 Accounting policies continued
(m) Inventories
Inventories, consisting of crude oil, and drilling and maintenance materials, are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Costs 
comprise costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition. 
Weighted average cost is used to determine the cost of ordinarily inter‑changeable items.

(n) Taxation
The tax charge/credit includes current and deferred tax.

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered or paid to the tax authorities. Taxable profit/(loss) 
differs from the profit/(loss) before taxation as reported in the income statement as it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or 
deductible in different periods and items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group’s liability for current tax is calculated using tax rates 
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date except when 
the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination 
and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Temporary differences arise from differences 
at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred 
tax liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be 
recovered and the carrying amount is reviewed at each reporting date. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting 
date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realised or the liability 
is settled, based on the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. Deferred tax relating to items 
recognised outside the income statement are recognised in correlation to the underlying transaction, either in other comprehensive income or 
directly in equity.

(o) Share based payments
Where share options are awarded to employees including Directors, the fair value of the options at the date of the grant is recorded in equity 
(share plan reserves) over the vesting period. Non‑market vesting conditions, but only those related to service and performance, are taken into 
account by adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount 
recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. All other vesting conditions, including market vesting 
conditions, are factored into the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, the amount recorded is 
computed irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative amount recognised is not adjusted for the failure 
to achieve a market vesting condition; although equity no longer required for options may be transferred to another equity reserve.

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured by the change 
from immediately before to after the modification, is also recorded in equity over the remaining vesting period.

When an equity‑settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised on the 
award is recognised immediately.

Where an equity settled award is identified as a replacement it will be treated as a modification to the original plan where the incremental fair 
value of the replacement award is expensed over the vesting period of the replacement award. The fair value of the original award on its grant 
date continues to be recognised over its original vesting period. 

Where equity instruments are granted to persons other than employees, the amount recognised in equity is the fair value of goods and  
services received. 

Charges corresponding to the amounts recognised in equity are accounted for as a cost in the income statement unless the services rendered 
qualify for capitalisation as a non‑current asset. Costs may be capitalised within non‑current assets in the event of services being rendered  
in connection with an acquisition of intangible exploration and evaluation assets or property, plant and equipment.

Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, the value of such shares at issue will  
be recorded in share capital and share premium account in the ordinary way, but will not affect shareholders’ funds since this same value  
will be shown as a deduction from shareholders’ funds by way of a separate component of equity (treasury shares reserve). 

Amounts recognised in the share plan reserves and treasury share reserve are not subsequently reclassified within equity.

67

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsConsolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(p) Post-retirement benefits
A subsidiary within the Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the 
Group in an independently administered fund. The amount charged to the income statement represents the contributions paid/payable to the 
scheme in respect of the accounting period.

(q) Equity
Equity instruments issued by the Company are usually recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, and allocated between called 
up share capital and share premium accounts as appropriate.

(r) Foreign currency 
The consolidated financial statements are presented in UK pound sterling, the functional currency of the Group. Transactions denominated in 
currencies other than functional currency UK pound sterling are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re-translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. All differences 
that arise are recorded in the income statement.

For the purposes of consolidation, the income statement items of those entities for which the UK pound sterling is not the functional  
currency are translated into UK pound sterling at the average rates of exchange during the period. The related balance sheets are translated at 
the rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Exchange differences arising on translation of the opening net assets and results of such operations, 
are reported in other comprehensive income and accumulated in equity.

The exchange differences arising on intercompany balances that form part of an entity’s net investment in a foreign operation, are recognised  
in other comprehensive income and accumulated in foreign currency translation reserve until the disposal of the foreign operation.

On disposal of entities with a different functional currency to the Company’s functional currency, the deferred cumulative exchange differences 
recognised in equity relating to that particular operation would be recognised in the income statement.

(s) Discontinued operations
The Group classifies non-current assets and disposal groups as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered principally through  
a sale rather than through continuing use. Such non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of 
their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Costs to dispose are the incremental costs directly attributable to the sale, excluding the 
finance costs and income tax expense.

The criteria for held for sale classification is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the asset or disposal group is available for 
immediate distribution in its present condition. Actions required to complete the sale should indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes 
to the sale will be made or that the sale will be withdrawn. Management must be committed to the sale being expected within one year from the 
date of the classification. 

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are not depreciated or amortised once classified as held for sale. Assets and liabilities 
classified as held for sale are presented separately as current items in the statement of financial position. 

A disposal group qualifies as a discontinued operation if it is a component of an entity that either has been disposed of, or is classified as held 
for sale, and:

•  Represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations;
•  Is part of a single co‑ordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations; or
•  Is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale.

Discontinued operations are excluded from the results of continuing operations and are presented as a single amount as profit or loss after 
taxation from discontinued operations in the income statement. All other notes to the financial statements include amounts for continuing 
operations, unless otherwise mentioned.

(t) Government grants
Government grants are recognised in the income statement on a systematic basis over the periods in which the Group recognises as expenses 
the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate and are presented net against the related costs.  

68

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 20202 Revenue 
The Group derives revenue solely within the United Kingdom from the transfer of goods and services to external customers which is recognised 
at a point in time when the performance obligation has been satisfied by the transfer of goods. The Group’s major product lines are:

Oil sales  
Electricity sales 
Gas sales 

Year ended  
31 December 
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

20,546 
438 
594 

21,578 

39,248
966
687

40,901

Revenues of approximately £11.9 million and £8.7 million were derived from the Group’s two largest customers (2019: £18.8 million and  
£20.5 million) and are attributed to the oil sales. 

As at 31 December 2020, there are no contract assets or contract liabilities outstanding (2019: nil).

3 Operating loss

Operating loss is stated after charging: 
Staff costs (note 5) 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation* 
Auditors’ remuneration: 
  Audit of the financial statements 
  Audit of the Company’s subsidiaries 
Other non‑audit services 

*  Reconciliation of depletion, depreciation and amortisation is as follows:

Depletion, depreciation and amortisation

Year ended  
31 December 
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

(11,555) 
(6,303) 

(12,727)
(9,399)

(240) 
– 
(45) 

(225)
(40)
(40)

Cost of sales 
Administrative expenses 

Total depreciation in operating loss 
Capitalised equipment used for exploration and evaluation 
Other 

Total depletion, depreciation and amortisation 

Property,  
plant and  
equipment  
(note 12) 

Right-of- 
use assets 
(note 14) 

Year ended 
31 December 
2020 
£000 

Property, 
plant and 
equipment 
(note 12) 

Right-of- 
use assets 
(note 14) 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

(4,990) 
(36) 

(5,026) 
– 
– 

(5,026) 

(984) 
(293) 

(1,277) 
– 
– 

(1,277) 

(5,974) 
(329) 

(6,303) 
– 
– 

(6,303) 

(7,848) 
(48) 

(7,896) 
(41) 
(9) 

(7,946) 

(1,210) 
(293) 

(1,503) 
– 
– 

(1,503) 

(9,058)
(341)

(9,399)
(41)
(9)

(9,449)

69

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

4 Derivative financial instruments
Gain/(loss) on oil price derivatives

Realised gain/(loss) on oil price derivatives 
Unrealised loss on oil price derivatives 

Gain on foreign exchange contracts

Unrealised gain on foreign exchange contracts 

5 Employee information

Staff costs comprised: 
Wages and salaries 
Social security costs 
Other pension costs 
Termination benefits 
Employee share based payment cost  

Average monthly number of employees including Directors in the year    
Operations, including services 
Administrative 

Year ended  
31 December 
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

4,568 
(1,048) 

3,520 

(968)
(2,380)

(3,348)

Year ended  
31 December 
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

229 

265

Year ended  
31 December 
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

7,986 
1,085 
652 
506 
1,326 

9,544
1,110
745
–
1,328

11,555 

12,727

No. 

108 
35 

143 

No.

115
37

152

Details of Directors’ remuneration, Directors’ transactions and Directors’ interests are set out in the audited section of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report which forms part of these financial statements.

A proportion of the Group’s staff costs shown above is capitalised as additions to intangible assets and property, plant and equipment in 
accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. In addition, a proportion is recharged to joint venture partners as part of our time writing rate.

In light of the uncertainty in 2020 as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and a low oil price environment, the Group had undertaken an  
in‑depth review of costs and implemented several cost reduction measures including a redundancy programme, salary replacement scheme  
for the Board and senior executives, and a reduction in benefits across the Group. 

The Group received grants of £0.3 million from the UK government as part of the Coronavirus Job Retention Scheme (furlough scheme).  
The income is recognised in the income statement against the related wages and salaries cost. There are no unfulfilled conditions or other 
contingencies attaching to this grant.

70

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6 Finance income/(costs)

Finance income: 
Interest on short‑term deposits 
Foreign exchange gains 

Finance income  

Finance expense: 
Interest on borrowings  
Amortisation of finance fees on borrowings 
Unwinding of discount on decommissioning provision (note 21) 
Unwinding of discount on contingent consideration (note 21) 
Finance charge on lease liability for assets in use (note 14) 

Finance expense  

7 Income tax credit
(i) Tax credit on loss from continuing ordinary activities

Current tax: 
Charge on loss for the year 
Charge in relation to prior years 

Total current tax charge 

Deferred tax: 
Charge/(credit) relating to the origination or reversal of temporary differences 
Credit due to tax rate changes  
Credit in relation to prior years 

Total deferred tax credit 

Tax credit on loss on ordinary activities 

Year ended  
31 December 
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

11 
1,461 

1,472 

(940) 
(387) 
(1,466) 
(60) 
(795) 

(3,648) 

127
333

460

(1,651)
(223)
(1,310)
–
(677)

(3,861)

Year ended  
31 December 
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

– 
– 

– 

 1,409 
(99) 
(3,295) 

(1,985) 

(1,985) 

–
–

–

(3,461)
–
(5,846)

(9,307)

(9,307)

71

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

7 Income tax credit continued
(ii) Factors affecting the tax charge
The majority of the Group’s profits are generated by “ring-fence” businesses which attract UK corporation tax and supplementary charge  
at a combined average rate of 40% (2019: 40%). 

A reconciliation of the UK statutory corporation tax rate applied to the Group’s loss before tax to the Group’s total tax credit is as follows:

Loss from continuing ordinary activities before tax 
Expected tax credit based on loss from continuing ordinary activities multiplied by an average  
  combined rate of corporation tax and supplementary charge in the UK of 40% (2019: 40%) 
Deferred tax credit in respect of the prior year 
Tax effect of expenses not allowable for tax purposes 
Tax effect of differences in amounts not allowable for supplementary charge purposes*  
Impact of profits or losses taxed or relieved at different rates 
Net increase in unrecognised losses carried forward 
Net increase in unrecognised temporary taxable differences 
Tax rate change  
Other 

Tax credit on loss on ordinary activities 

Year ended  
31 December 
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

(44,074) 

(59,137)

(17,630) 
(3,295) 
(740) 
6 
461 
7,781 
11,533 
(99) 
(2) 

(1,985) 

(23,655)
(5,846)
9,850
(121)
292
10,197
–
–
(24)

(9,307)

*  Amounts not allowable for supplementary charge purposes relate to net financing costs disallowed for supplementary charge offset by investment allowance 

which is deductible against profits subject to supplementary charge. 

(iii) Deferred tax
The movement on the deferred tax asset in the year is shown below:

Asset at 1 January 
Tax credit relating to prior year 
Tax (charge)/credit during the year 
Tax charge arising due to the changes in tax rates 
Other 

Asset at 31 December 

The following is an analysis of the deferred tax asset by category of temporary difference:

Accelerated capital allowances 
Tax losses carried forward 
Investment allowance unutilised 
Decommissioning provision 
Unrealised gains or losses on derivative contracts 
Share based payments 
Right‑of‑use asset and liability 

Deferred tax asset 

72

Year ended  
31 December 
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

29,961 
3,295 
(1,409) 
99 
(1) 

31,945 

20,656
5,846
3,461
–
(2)

29,961

31 December 
2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

(7,791) 
26,633 
1,542 
7,390 
2,126 
2,090 
(45) 

31,945 

(13,993)
29,735
1,297
9,628
1,799
1,675
(180)

29,961

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7 Income tax credit continued
(iv) Tax losses 
Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of tax losses and other temporary differences where the Directors believe it is probable 
that these assets will be recovered based on a five-year profit forecast. Such tax losses include £130 million (2019: £94.4 million) of ring-fence 
corporation tax losses.

The Group has further tax losses and other similar attributes carried forward of approximately £215.4 million (2019: £234.8 million) for which  
no deferred tax asset is recognised due to insufficient certainty regarding the availability of appropriate future taxable profits. The unrecognised 
losses may affect future tax charges should certain subsidiaries in the Group generate taxable trading profits in future periods.

8 Earnings per share (EPS)
Continuing
Basic EPS amounts are based on the loss for the year after taxation from continuing operations attributable to ordinary equity holders of the 
parent of £42.1 million (2019: a loss after taxation from continuing operations attributable to shareholders’ equity of £49.8 million) and the 
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year of 122.5 million (2019: 121.7 million).

Diluted EPS amounts are based on the loss for the year after taxation from continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of 
the parent and the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that 
would be issued on the conversion of all the potentially dilutive ordinary shares into ordinary shares, except where these are anti‑dilutive. 

As at 31 December 2020, there are £10.9 million potentially dilutive employee share options (31 December 2019: 6.3 million potentially 
dilutive share options) which are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share as their conversion to ordinary shares would have 
decreased the loss per share. 

The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations:

Basic loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002p each  
Diluted loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002p each 
Loss for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent from continuing operations – £000 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – basic EPS 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – diluted EPS 

  Year ended  
 31 December 
2020  

Year ended
31 December
2019

(34.35p) 
(34.35p) 
(42,089) 

(40.93p)
(40.93p)
(49,830)
 122,537,605  121,729,407
 122,537,605  121,729,407

Discontinued
The following reflects the income and share data used in the basic and diluted earnings per share including discontinued operations:

Basic loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002p each  
Diluted loss per share – ordinary shares of 0.002p each 
Loss for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent – £000 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – basic EPS 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in the year – diluted EPS 

  Year ended  
 31 December 
2020  

Year ended
31 December
2019

(43.37p) 
(43.37p) 
(53,149) 

(41.26p)
(41.26p)
(50,226)
 122,537,605  121,729,407
 122,537,605  121,729,407

73

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

9 Acquisitions
Acquisition of GT Energy UK Limited
IGas entered into a sale and purchase agreement (SPA) to acquire GT Energy UK Limited (GT Energy), a developer of deep geothermal heat 
projects onshore UK on 16 September 2020. GT Energy’s principal project is a 14MW deep geothermal project in the Etruria Valley, Stoke-on-Trent. 
The project is anticipated to supply zero carbon heat to the city of Stoke‑on‑Trent on a long‑term ‘take or pay’ contract (TPA) with Stoke‑on‑Trent 
City Council (SoTCC). It is anticipated that the heat will be supplied through the SoTCC owned and operated district heating network, which is 
undergoing installation.

Under the terms of the SPA, IGas made an initial payment of £0.5 million (the Initial Purchase Price) to the Sellers satisfied in 2,222,223 IGas 
ordinary shares on completion by the transfer of 1,844,637 shares held by IGas (not as treasury shares, as defined under the AIM Rules) and 
allotment and issue of 377,586 shares based on an agreed share price of £0.225 per share. The Initial Purchase Price was subject to an immaterial 
post‑completion adjustment following the preparation of completion accounts, and an adjustment will be made against any additional consideration 
payable upon satisfaction of future milestone events (Milestone Consideration) in accordance with the SPA.

The maximum consideration payable to the Sellers under the SPA is £12.0 million and the ordinary shares of IGas which may be issued under the 
SPA shall not exceed twenty-nine point nine per cent (≤29.9%) of the fully diluted issued ordinary share capital of IGas. In addition to the Initial 
Purchase Price, the Company may be required to pay the Milestone Consideration – see below. GT Energy has entered into a term sheet with 
Gravis Capital Management Limited (Gravis) which provides indicative and non‑binding terms, on behalf of Funds managed by Gravis, to fund a 
significant proportion of the c.£20 million project through a limited-recourse debt facility. Such provision of finance is conditional on, inter alia, 
signature of the TPA by SoTCC and GT Energy, agreement and execution of the financing documentation, the completion of Gravis’ due diligence 
and internal Gravis and third‑party approvals. GT Energy is currently engaged in advanced negotiations with SoTCC in respect of the TPA.

The Company may be required to pay Milestone Consideration upon:

(i)  financial close, within five years of the date of the SPA (the First Milestone Longstop), of a funding facility in respect of GT Energy’s principal 

project (described above) on terms reasonably acceptable to the Company (the First Milestone);

(ii)  subject to completion of the First Milestone first delivery of heat to the district heat network under the TPA;
(iii)  subject to completion of the First Milestone, six months following (ii);
(iv)  subject to completion of the First Milestone the first anniversary of (ii); and
(v)  the first of either (being the Business Development Milestone): 

•  GT Energy securing a further geothermal project in the UK by successfully completing certain key targets relevant thereto (as set out in the 
SPA), within the earlier of (a) the fifth anniversary of the date of the SPA, and (b) the second anniversary of an announcement by the UK 
Government of a new RHI Scheme, or in the reasonable opinion of the Company, equivalent scheme; or

•  One Thousand British Pounds (£1,000) per full kW electrical generating capacity installed, capped at £1 million (for 1,000kW or more) 
subject to and measured on the date upon which, inter alia, validation of a planning application to allow electricity generation at the 
primary project location, and installation and successful commissioning of an electricity generation plant which utilises excess heat from 
the primary project, together with the ability to utilise such electricity to supply the Project’s electricity requirements, and/or connect to a 
private wire or the national grid as the case may be.

The Milestone Consideration will be satisfied by the allotment of ordinary shares in IGas, as is derived by, for each Seller, dividing their proportion 
of the relevant Milestone Consideration by: (a) in respect of ordinary shares in IGas to be allotted in respect of the First Milestone: either (i) if the 
First Milestone is satisfied within thirty (30) months of the date of the SPA, the volume weighted average price of IGas’ ordinary shares as derived 
from the AIM section of the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List (VWAP), on the one hundred and eighty (180) dealing days preceding the 
date of the SPA (First VWAP), or (ii) if the First Milestone is satisfied in the period falling on or after thirty (30) months from the date of the SPA and 
before the First Milestone Longstop, the VWAP on the thirty (30) dealing days preceding the date of the satisfaction of the First Milestone (Second 
VWAP); (b) in respect of ordinary shares in IGas to be allotted in respect of any other milestone (other than the Business Development Milestone), 
either the First VWAP or Second VWAP as was applicable, or would have been applicable to (as the case may be), to any ordinary shares in IGas to 
be allotted under the First Milestone; and (c) in respect of ordinary shares in IGas in respect of the Business Development Milestone, the VWAP on 
the ninety (90) dealing days preceding the date of satisfaction of the relevant Business Development Milestone, with, in each case, the resulting 
number being rounded down to the nearest whole share and subject to, inter alia, admission to trading on AIM of the relevant shares.

74

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 20209 Acquisitions continued
Acquisition of GT Energy UK Limited continued
Details of the consideration (Initial Purchase Price and Milestone Consideration) and net assets acquired, are as follows:

Amount settled in cash 
Fair value of Initial Purchase Price 
Fair value of the Milestone Consideration 

Fair value of the consideration transferred 

Recognised amounts of identifiable assets and liabilities at fair value 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible Assets – development costs 
Trade and trade receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other payables 

Net identifiable assets and liabilities 

£000

–
500
2,784

3,284

1
3,223
18
77
(35)

3,284

The fair value of the consideration relating to the Initial Purchase Price (£0.5 million) is based on 2,222,223 shares issued at an agreed share price 
of 22.5 pence under the SPA.

The £2.8 million fair value of the Milestone Consideration (contingent consideration liability) recognised on the acquisition date has been 
calculated by determining the probability weighted value of the Milestone payments and the fair value of IGas shares issued to satisfy these 
payments. The calculation is based on an internal assessment of the probability of the milestones being achieved and of the inputs to the 
economic model which determines the level of the consideration for each milestone in accordance with the SPA. The probability weighted 
Milestone payments were discounted using a WACC of 8.3%. The resulting consideration amount was divided by the First VWAP (28.09 pence)  
to calculate the estimated number of shares to be issued as management have assumed that the First Milestone would be satisfied within  
30 months of the date of the SPA. The estimated number of shares to be issued was then multiplied at a share price of 12.6 pence, being the 
IGas share price as at acquisition date (which is reflective of the estimated fair value of IGas shares), resulting in the estimated fair value of the 
Milestone Consideration of £2.8 million. The estimated fair value of the Milestone Consideration will be reviewed at each year end and any 
changes recognised in the income statement. 

Acquisition related costs amounting to £0.2 million have been recognised as an expense in the consolidated income statement, as part of 
administrative expenses.

10 Goodwill

At 1 January 
Impairment 

At 31 December 

2020  
£000 

– 
– 

– 

2019
£000

4,801
(4,801)

–

In 2019, £4.8 million impairment of goodwill was recognised relating to unconventional assets acquired as part of the Dart acquisition in 2014 
following a moratorium on fracking announced by the UK Government in late 2019.

75

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

11 Intangible assets

At 1 January 
Acquisitions (note 9) 
Additions 
Transfers from held for sale 
Changes in decommissioning* 
Amounts written-off 

At 31 December 

Exploration  

and evaluation   Development 
costs 
£000 

assets 
£000 

2020  

Exploration

  and evaluation  Development
costs 
£000 

assets 
£000 

Total 
£000 

41,455 
– 
2,090 
– 
(57) 
(67) 

43,421 

– 
3,223 
67 
– 
– 
– 

3,290 

41,455 
3,223 
2,157 
– 
(57) 
(67) 

46,711 

89,282 
– 
3,984 
342 
1,775 
(53,928) 

41,455 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

2019

Total
£000

89,282
–
3,984
342
1,775
(53,928)

41,455

*  The decommissioning asset decreased in line with the decommissioning liability following a review of the estimate at 31 December 2020 (note 21).

Exploration and evaluation assets
In November 2019, the UK Government announced an effective moratorium on fracking in Britain, based on analysis of one well in the North 
West by the Oil and Gas Authority (OGA), until new scientific evidence is provided in respect of the impacts of seismicity during the process  
of hydraulic fracturing. Management has been working and will continue to work closely with the relevant regulators to demonstrate that the 
Group can operate safely and environmentally responsibly. During the year, we also continued the re‑interpretation of the well results and  
re-interpreted the 3D seismic data acquired in the Springs Road area in 2014. 

Exploration and evaluation costs written off were £0.1 million (31 December 2019: £53.9 million). Following an impairment review in 2019, the 
Group impaired in full those assets outside our core area where the Group does not have plans in the near‑term to continue exploration or 
development activities. The impairment comprised £51.8 million related to licences in the North West, primarily PEDL 145 (Doe Green), PEDL 193, 
PEDL 147 and PEDL 189 where the previously capitalised assets have been written off in full; and £0.8 million related to PEDL 146, EXL 288 and 
56-1 in the East Midlands where relinquishment of the licences are planned in 2020/2021. The balance relates to exploration costs on a number 
of other licences outside our core area. Management continually review the Group’s acreage positions and will seek to relinquish non‑core 
licences or impair licences where the carrying value cannot be supported. 

Further analysis by location of assets is as follows:

North West: The Group has £6.1 million (2019: £5.9 million) of capitalised exploration expenditure relating to Ellesmere Port where IGas has 
lodged an appeal against the decision made by Cheshire West and Chester Council’s Planning and Licensing Committee to refuse planning 
consent for routine tests on a rock formation encountered in the Ellesmere Port-1 well. The Secretary of State has recovered the appeal and we 
are awaiting the outcome. As the outcome is still undetermined and the North West acreage continues to be an area of focus for the Group, it is 
appropriate to keep the carrying value of the asset capitalised.

East Midlands: The Group has £32.8 million (2019: £31.6 million) of capitalised exploration expenditure relating to our core area in the 
Gainsborough Trough which includes PEDL’s 12, 139, 140, 169, 200 and 210. The Gainsborough Trough is an area with significant shale potential. 
Following the moratorium on fracking, we continue to work with the OGA, BEIS and No. 10 Policy Unit to demonstrate that we can develop shale 
in this area in a safe manner. Our discussions have focused on the new science that would be brought forward on a sector-wide and site-specific 
basis that would allow the moratorium to be lifted. We are doing this in conjunction with our joint venture partners and the work is ongoing at 
present.

Conventional assets: The Group has £4.5 million (2019: £4.0 million) of capitalised exploration expenditure on conventional assets which 
includes PEDL 235 and PL 240. The Group spent £0.6 million during the year progressing exploration opportunities on conventional assets.

At 31 December 2020, the Group has a combined carried gross work programme of up to $218.0 million (£160.0 million) (2019: $214.0 million 
(£161.0 million)) from its partner, INEOS Upstream Limited. In 2020, £0.4m (2019: £7.3 million) gross costs were carried, principally in relation to 
activities at and Springs Road, which have not been included in the additions to intangible exploration and evaluation assets during the year.

Development costs
Development costs relate to assets acquired as part of the GT Energy acquisition as explained in note 9. The costs relate to the design and 
development of deep geothermal heat projects in the United Kingdom, with the principal project being at Etruria Valley, Stoke-on-Trent. 

The Group reviewed the carrying value of development costs as at 31 December 2020 and assessed it for impairment. No impairment was 
required for the year (2019: £nil).

76

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12 Property, plant and equipment

Cost
At 1 January 
Additions 
Disposals 
Changes in decommissioning* 
Transfers from assets held for sale 

At 31 December 

Accumulated Depreciation and Impairment
At 1 January 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 
Impairment 
Transfers from assets held for sale 

At 31 December 

Other 
property, 
plant and 
equipment 
£000 

Oil and gas 
assets 
£000 

197,875 
5,212 
(117) 
6,255 
– 

209,225 

94,940 
4,875 
(117) 
38,535 
– 

138,233 

3,660 
1 
(710) 
– 
– 

2,951 

2,063 
151 
(710) 
– 
– 

1,504 

2020  

Total 
£000 

Oil and gas 
assets 
£000 

201,535 
5,213 
(827) 
6,255 
– 

154,649 
5,491 
(118) 
5,908 
31,945 

Other
property,
plant and
equipment 
£000 

2,871 
10 
– 
– 
779 

2019

Total
£000

157,520
5,501
(118)
5,908
32,724

212,176 

197,875 

3,660 

201,535

97,003 
5,026 
(827) 
38,535 
– 

65,002 
7,688 
(117) 
– 
22,367 

139,737 

94,940 

1,115 
258 
– 
– 
690 

2,063 

66,117
7,946
(117)
–
23,057

97,003

NBV at 31 December 

70,992 

1,447 

72,439 

102,935 

1,597 

104,532

*  The decommissioning asset increased in line with the decommissioning liability following a review of the estimate at 31 December 2020 (note 21).

Expenditure during the year related to the Welton and Scampton North waterflood projects and continued investment in our assets to increase 
or maintain production rates.

Impairment of oil and gas properties
The COVID-19 pandemic developed rapidly in 2020, with a significant number of cases worldwide. Measures taken by various governments 
to contain the virus affected global economic activity and resulted in a significant reduction in demand for oil and, therefore, in oil prices. The 
decline in oil prices in first half of 2020 and the uncertainty surrounding the pandemic triggered an impairment review of oil and gas properties 
as at 30 June 2020. Although the oil price improved towards the end of the year, management identified impairment triggers due to the 
significant uncertainty as to how COVID-19 and its aftermath would impact economies, oil demand and oil price over the near and mid-term. 
Therefore, management carried out a further review of oil and gas properties for impairment as at 31 December 2020, which resulted in an 
additional impairment of £3.9 million. The impairment review performed at 31 December 2019 did not result in any impairment.

Cash generating units (CGUs) for impairment purposes are the group of fields whereby technical, economic and/or contractual features create 
underlying interdependence in cash flows. The Group has identified the three main producing CGUs as: North, South, and Scotland. The 
impairment assessment for the North, South and Scotland was prepared on a fair value less costs of disposal basis using discounted future cash 
flows based on 2P reserve profiles. The future cash flows were estimated using the following key assumptions:

Oil Price (Brent) 

USD/GBP foreign exchange rate 

Post‑tax discount rate 

31 December 2020 

30 June 2020 

31 December 2019

$50-$55/bbl for the 
years 2021-2022 
and $60/bbl thereafter 

$45-55/bbl for the 
years 2020-2022  
and $60/bbl thereafter 

$60/bbl for the 
years 2020-2024
and $70/bbl thereafter

$1.37:£1.00 for 2021 and  
$1.35:£1 thereafter 

8.3% 

$1.32:£1.00 

8.3% 

$1.35:£1.00

8.5%

Outcome of impairment reviews
The reduction in oil price in 2020 resulted in an impairment charge of £21.9 million in the North CGU, £11.9 million in the South CGU and £0.9 
million in the Scotland CGU giving a total impairment charge of £34.6 million for the period to 30 June 2020. At 31 December 2020, although oil 
prices had improved, an additional £3.9 million impairment charge was recognised on the North CGU at 31 December 2020 primarily due to an 
increase in the decommissioning provision (note 21) and the weakening of the US Dollar compared to British Pound Sterling in the second half 
of 2020 offset by an increase in 2P reserves based on the latest Competent Persons Report (CPR). This resulted in a total impairment of £38.5 
million in the year (2019: £nil).

77

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

12 Property, plant and equipment continued
Impairment of oil and gas properties continued
Sensitivity of changes in assumptions
As discussed above, the principal assumptions are recoverable future production and resources, estimated Brent prices and the USD/GBP foreign 
exchange rate. The additional impairment that would result from changes to the key assumptions are shown below for the North CGU. There is no 
additional impairment in any of these scenarios in the South CGU and Scotland CGU:

CGU 

North 

10% reduction  
in price 
£’million 

(9.6) 

10% reduction 
in production 
£’million 

USD/GBP foreign 
exchange rate @ $1.4 
£’million 

(9.8) 

(3.2) 

Discount rate
@ 9.3%
£’million

(2.3)

The sensitivity analysis above does not take into account any mitigating actions available to management should these changes occur. 

In addition, management considered the impact of climate change on the value of the Group’s conventional assets. Assessing the impact is difficult 
and very subjective. However, management have assumed that this might result in lower oil prices or increased costs in the medium term and have 
therefore calculated a sensitivity based on a reduced price of £50/bbl from 2030 onwards and a cessation of production after 2050. This would 
result in an additional impairment of £4.1 million for the North CGU, nil for the South CGU and nil for the Scotland CGU (2019: £7.9 million for the 
North CGU, £1.3 million for the South CGU and £0.1 million for the Scotland CGU). 

Transfers from assets held for sale
In May 2018, the Group announced the potential sale of certain non-core assets to Onshore Petroleum Limited (OPL) subject to OGA consent. 
The OGA did not give their consent to the proposed transaction and the Group has not agreed an alternative transaction with OPL. Assets and 
liabilities which were recognised as held for sale in 2018 have therefore been re-classified back to their respective balance sheet categories 
during the prior year.

13 Interest in joint arrangements
As at 31 December 2020, the Group has a combined carried gross work programme of up to $218.0 million (£160.0 million) (2019: $214 million 
(£161 million)) from its farm-in partners – INEOS Upstream Limited (INEOS), (see note 11). The Group’s material joint operations as at 31 December 
2020 are set out below:

Licences 

East Midlands
PEDL 169 
EXL 288 
PEDL 210 
PEDL 012 
PEDL 200 
PEDL 278 
PEDL 273 
PEDL 305 
PEDL 316 
PEDL 139 
PEDL 140 

North West 
PEDL 190 
PEDL 145 
PEDL 147 
PEDL 184 
PEDL 189 
PEDL 190 
PEDL 193 
PEDL 293 
PEDL 295 
EXL 273 

Weald 
PL 211 
PEDL 070 

78

Partner 

IGas’ interest 

Operator

Egdon 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
Egdon 
INEOS, Egdon 
INEOS, Egdon 
INEOS, Egdon 
INEOS, Egdon, eCorp 
INEOS, Egdon, eCorp 

INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS 
INEOS  

 UKOG 
 UKOG, Egdon, Aurora, Corfe 

80% 
75% 
75% 
55% 
55% 
50% 
55% 
55% 
55% 
32% 
32% 

50% 
40% 
25% 
50% 
25% 
50% 
40% 
30% 
30% 
15% 

90% 
54% 

IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas

IGas
INEOS
IGas
IGas
IGas
IGas
INEOS
INEOS
INEOS
INEOS

IGas
IGas

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities 
(a) Amounts recognised in the balance sheet
The Group has identified lease portfolios for property, land, cars and other equipment as follows: 

Right-of-use assets 
Land 
Motor vehicles and other equipment 
Property 

31 December  
2020 
 £000 

31 December
2019
 £000

7,451 
145 
62 

7,658 

7,182
156
330

7,668

Additions to the right-of-use assets during the 2020 financial year were £1.3 million (2019: £1.4 million) and depreciation £1.3 million 
(2019: £1.5 million).

Lease liabilities 
Current 
Non‑current 

31 December  
2020 
 £000 

31 December
2019
 £000

(694) 
(6,820) 

(7,514) 

(988)
(6,173)

(7,161)

Sensitivity of changes in assumptions
Management performed sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of changes to the incremental borrowing rate on the Group’s lease liability  
and right-of-use asset balances. A 3% decrease in the IBR would result in an increase in right-of-use asset of £1.5 million and lease liability by 
£2.0 million (2019: increase in right-of-use asset of £1.1 million and lease liability by £1.1 million).

(b) Amounts recognised in the income statement
The income statement includes the following amounts relating to leases:

Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets 
Land 
Property 
Motor vehicles and other equipment 

Other 
Interest expense (note 6) 
Expense relating to leases of low‑value and short‑term leases (included in cost of sales and administrative expense) 

Year ended 
31 December  
2020 
 £000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
 £000

889 
121 
267 

1,277 

795 
258 

1,025
268
210

1,503

677
77

79

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

14 Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities continued
(c) Amounts recognised in the cash flow statement
The cash flow statement includes the following amounts relating to leases:

Repayment of interest on lease liabilities 
Repayment of principal portion of lease liability 

Total cash outflow 

15 Inventories

Oil stock 
Drilling and maintenance materials 

16 Trade and other receivables

Trade debtors 
Prepayments 
Other debtors 
VAT recoverable 

Year ended 
31 December  
2020 
 £000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
 £000

795 
973 

1,768 

677
2,010

2,687

31 December  
2020 
 £000 

31 December
2019
 £000

439 
584 

1,023 

536
657

1,193

31 December  
2020 
 £000 

31 December
2019
 £000

2,221 
924 
439 
511 

4,095 

3,184
1,383
800
619

5,986

Trade debtors are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally 
non-interest bearing and due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are recognised initially 
at the amount of consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised 
at fair value. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective of collecting the contractual cash flows, and therefore measures them 
subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Details about the Group’s impairment policies and the calculation of the loss 
allowance are provided in note 24.

Due to the short‑term natures of trade and other receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be the same as their fair value.

17 Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand 

The cash and cash equivalents do not include restricted cash. 

Restricted cash

Non‑current 

31 December  
2020 
 £000 

31 December
2019
 £000

2,438 

8,194

31 December  
2020 
 £000 

31 December
2019
 £000

410 

410

The restricted cash represents restoration deposits paid to Nottinghamshire County Council which serve as collateral for the restoration  
of drilling sites at the end of their life. The restoration deposits are subject to regulatory and other restrictions and are therefore not available  
for general use of the Group.

80

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17 Cash and cash equivalents continued
Net debt reconciliation

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings – including capitalised fees 

Net debt 
Capitalised fees 

Net debt excluding capitalised fees 

At 1 January 
Repayment of bond 
Interest paid on borrowings 
Drawdown of RBL (note 20) 
Capitalised fees 
Repayment of RBL (note 20) 
Foreign exchange adjustments 
Other cash flows 
Other non‑cash movements 

At 31 December 

31 December  
2020 
 £000 

31 December
2019
 £000

2,438 
(13,695) 

(11,257) 
(937) 

(12,194) 

Borrowings  
£000 

(20,980) 
21,355 
– 
(19,319) 
1,308 
4,639 
645 
– 
(719) 

(13,071) 

8,194
(13,071)

(4,877)
(1,272)

(6,149)

2019

Total
£000

(5,868)
–
(2,021)
–
249
–
338
3,144
(719)

(4,877)

Cash and cash  
equivalents  
£000 

Borrowings  
£000 

2020  

  Cash and cash
equivalents  
£000 

Total 
£000 

8,194 
– 
(940) 
5,544 
– 
(4,645) 
(836) 
(4,879) 
– 

2,438 

(13,071) 
– 
– 
(5,544) 
– 
4,645 
610 
– 
(335) 

(13,695) 

(4,877) 
– 
(940) 
– 
– 
– 
(226) 
(4,879) 
(335) 

(11,257) 

15,112 
(21,355) 
(2,021) 
19,319 
(1,059) 
(4,639) 
(307) 
3,144 
– 

8,194 

18 Discontinued operations
The divestment of assets acquired as part of the Dart Acquisition, namely the Rest of the World segment, was completed in 2016. The Group still 
has a presence in a small number of Australian and Singaporean registered operations and continues its plans to exit all legal jurisdictions in 
the near future. During the year ended 31 December 2020, a number of these overseas dormant subsidiaries have been struck off or liquidated.  
The total loss after tax in respect of discontinued operations was £11.1 million primarily due to the recycling of the currency translation reserve 
on liquidation/strike off (2019: loss after tax from discontinued operations of £0.4 million, primarily relating to administration costs). Tax on 
discontinued operations during the year was £nil (2019: £nil).

Effect of liquidation/strike off on the financial statements:

Other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Other payables 

Net assets and liabilities disposed 

Disposal consideration 

Translation reserve re-classification to income statement on liquidation/strike off 

Loss on liquidation/strike off charged to the income statement 

31 December 
2020
£000

2
(9)
56

49

–

(10,781)

(10,732)

81

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

19 Trade and other payables

Current 
Trade creditors 
Employment taxes 
Other creditors and accruals 

Non-current 
Amounts due to a related party 
Other creditors and accruals 

31 December  
2020 
 £000 

31 December
2019
 £000

(1,351) 
(252) 
(3,644) 

(5,247) 

(371) 
(789) 

(1,160) 

(2,154)
(292)
(6,842)

(9,288)

(371)
(1,158)

(1,529)

Trade creditors are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. 

The carrying amounts of each of the Group’s financial liabilities included within trade and other payables are considered to be a reasonable 
approximation of their fair value. 

20 Borrowings

31 December 2020  

31 December 2019

Current 
£000 

Non-current 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Current 
£000 

Non‑current 
£000 

Total
£000

Reserve Based Lending facility (RBL) – secured 

– 

(13,695) 

(13,695) 

– 

(13,071) 

(13,071)

Reserve Based Lending facility 
On 3 October 2019, the Company announced that it had signed a $40.0 million RBL facility with BMO Capital Markets (BMO). In addition to the 
committed $40.0 million RBL, a further $20.0 million is available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new 
conventional developments. The RBL has a five-year term, an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.0%, matures in September 2024 and is secured on 
the Company’s assets. The RBL is subject to a semi‑annual redetermination in May and November when the loan availability will be recalculated 
taking into account forecast commodity prices, remaining field reserves (assessed by an independent reserves auditor annually) and the latest 
forecast of operating and capital costs. As at 31 December 2020, the Group had successfully completed the November 2020 redetermination 
which confirmed an available facility limit of $31.7 million.

Under the terms of the RBL, the Group is subject to a financial covenant whereby, as at 30 June and 31 December each year, the ratio of Net Debt 
at the period end to Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation and Exceptional items (EBITDAX as defined in the RBL agreement) 
for the previous 12 months shall be less than or equal to 3.5:1.

A loss of £0.7 million arising from debt re-financing was recognised for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Collateral against borrowing
A Security Agreement was executed between BMO and IGas Energy plc and some of its subsidiaries, namely; Island Gas Limited, Island Gas 
Operations Limited, Star Energy Weald Basin Limited, Star Energy Group Limited, Star Energy Limited, Island Gas (Singleton) Limited, Dart Energy 
(East England) Limited, Dart Energy (West England) Limited, IGas Energy Development Limited, IGas Energy Enterprise Limited, Dart Energy 
(Europe) Limited and IGas Energy Production Limited.

Under the terms of this Agreement, BMO have a floating charge over all of the assets of these legal entities, other than property, assets, rights and 
revenue detailed in a fixed charge. The fixed charge encompasses the Real Property (freehold and/or leasehold property), the specific petroleum 
licences, all pipelines, plant, machinery, vehicles, fixtures, fittings, computers, office and other equipment, all related property rights, all bank 
accounts, shares and assigned agreements and rights including related property rights (hedging agreements, all assigned intergroup receivables 
and each required insurance and the insurance proceeds). 

82

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21 Provisions

Decommissioning  

Contingent 
provisions  consideration 
£000 

£000 

2020  

  Decommissioning 
provisions 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Contingent 
consideration 
£000 

At 1 January 
Acquisitions (note 9) 
Utilisation of provision 
Unwinding of discount (note 6) 
Reassessment of decommissioning provision  
(note 11 and note 12) 
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration 
Transfer from liabilities held for sale 

(55,101) 
– 
946 
(1,466) 

(6,198) 
– 
– 

– 
(2,784) 
– 
(60) 

– 
(180) 
– 

(55,101) 
(2,784) 
946 
(1,526) 

(6,198) 
(180) 
– 

(37,946) 
– 
1,760 
(1,310) 

(7,683) 
– 
(9,922) 

At 31 December 

(61,819) 

(3,024) 

(64,843) 

(55,101) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

Decommissioning provision 
The Group spent £0.9 million on decommissioning activities during the year (2019: 1.8 million).

2019

Total
£000

(37,946)
–
1,760
(1,310)

(7,683)
–
(9,922)

(55,101)

Provision has been made for the discounted future cost of abandoning wells and restoring sites to a condition acceptable to the relevant 
authorities. This is expected to take place between 1 to 37 years from year-end (2019: 1 to 35 years). The provisions are based on the Group’s 
internal estimate as at 31 December 2020. Assumptions are based on the current experience from decommissioning wells which management 
believes is a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the future liability. The estimates are reviewed regularly to take account of any material 
changes to the assumptions. Actual decommissioning costs will ultimately depend upon future costs for decommissioning which will reflect 
market conditions and regulations at that time. Furthermore, the timing of decommissioning is uncertain and is likely to depend on when the 
fields cease to produce at economically viable rates. This, in turn, will depend on factors such as future oil and gas prices, which are inherently 
uncertain.

A risk free rate range of 1.20% to 3.00% is used in the calculation of the provision as at 31 December 2020 (2019: Risk free rate range of 1.27% 
to 3.03%).

Sensitivity of changes in assumptions
Management performed sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of changes to the risk free rate on the Group’s decommissioning provision 
balance. A 0.5% decrease in the risk free rate assumption would result in an increase in the decommissioning provision by £3.9 million.

Contingent consideration
The carrying value of contingent consideration relates to GT Energy acquisition as explained in note 9. The change in fair value is primarily
related to the increase in fair value of IGas plc shares between acquisition date and year ended 31 December 2020 as the consideration is
payable in shares.

Sensitivity of changes in assumptions
The principal assumptions in calculating the fair value of contingent consideration is the probability assigned to Milestone payments and the 
share price at valuation date. Management performed sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of changes to the key assumptions. An increase 
in the probability of the scenario which would result in the maximum pay out by 5% would result in an increase in the contingent consideration 
provision by £0.3 million. An increase in the share price at valuation date by 10% would result in an increase in the contingent consideration 
provision by £0.2 million. 

22 Pension scheme
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. Contributions made by the Group for the year ended 31 December 2020 were  
£0.65 million (2019: £0.75 million). Contributions amounting to £0.05 were accrued at 31 December 2020 (2019: £nil) and are included in trade 
and other payables.

83

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

23 Commitments
Capital commitments
The Group’s capital commitments relate to expenditure committed but not spent on conventional and unconventional licences as follow: 

Conventional capex 
Unconventional capex 

Total capital commitments 

31 December   31 December
2019
£000

2020  
£000 

(63) 
(6) 

(69) 

(702)
(163)

(865)

24 Financial instruments and risk management
Fair values
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts, other than those with carrying amounts that are a reasonable 
approximation of their fair values, are as follows. 

Amortised cost: 
Reserve Based Lending facility (RBL) – secured 

Carrying amount 

Fair value

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December 
2019 
£000 

31 December 
2020 
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

(13,695) 

(13,071) 

(13,695) 

(13,071)

Fair value hierarchy
Assets and liabilities, for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements, are categorised within the fair value hierarchy 
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

•  Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
•  Level 2: other valuation techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly 

or indirectly; and 

•  Level 3: valuation techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable 

market data. 

There are no non-recurring fair value measurements nor have there been any transfers of financial instruments between levels of the fair value 
hierarchy.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value

Financial assets:  
Derivative financial instruments – oil hedges 
Derivative financial instruments – foreign exchange contracts 

Financial liabilities:  
Derivative financial instruments – oil hedges 
Contingent consideration (note 21) 

Level 

2 
2 

Level 

2 
3 

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

– 
314 

314 

43
84

127

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

(1,271) 
(3,024) 

(4,295) 

(266)
–

(266)

Fair value of derivative financial instruments
Commodity price hedges
The fair values of the commodity price hedges were provided by counterparties with whom the trades have been entered into. These  
consist of Asian style put and call options and swaps to sell/buy oil. The hedges are valued using a Black‑Scholes methodology; however,  
certain adjustments are made to the spot‑price volatility of oil prices due to the nature of the contracts. These adjustments are made either 
through Monte Carlo simulations or through statistical formulae. The inputs to these valuations include the price of oil, its volatility, and risk free 
interest rates.

84

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Fair value of derivative financial instruments continued
Foreign exchange contracts
The fair value of foreign exchange contracts was provided by counterparties with whom the trades have been entered into.

During the year, the Group has entered into certain collars and swaps in order to manage its exposure to commodity price risk associated with 
sales of oil. The outstanding oil hedge contracts as at 31 December 2020 were as follows:

Fair value at
31 December
2020 

Total 

  Contract 
price 
Buy Put 

Fixed 
Price 

Contract 
Price 
Sell Call 

– 
– 
– 
40.05 
44.35 
44.65 
46 

40 
44 
45 
– 
– 
– 
– 

48 
50 
53,15 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2021 Q1  

Contract 
Amount  
bbls oil  

15,000 
– 
– 
5,400 
24,000 
15,000 
30,000 

89,400 

2021 Q2  

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

15,000 
– 
– 
5,400 
24,000 
15,000 
30,000 

89,400 

2021 Q3  

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

15,000 
15,000 
38,400 
– 
24,000 
15,000 
– 

107,400 

2021 Q4 

Contract
Amount 
bbls oil  

15,000 
15,000 
38,400 
– 
– 
15,000 
– 

83,400 

Type 

US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar Asian 3-way collar 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 
US dollar fixed price Swap 

Other 

Amount
bbls oil  

60,000 
30,000 
76,800 
10,800 
72,000 
60,000 
60,000 

369,600 

Derivative Liability 

The above derivatives mature over the period from 1 January 2021 until 31 December 2021. A gain of £4.6 million was realised on hedges during 
the year to 31 December 2020 (see note 4).

The outstanding oil hedge contracts as at 31 December 2019 were as follows:

Type 

US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar Asian Put 
US dollar fixed and floating price Swap 
US dollar fixed and floating price Swap 
US dollar fixed and floating price Swap 

Strike Price/ 
Fixed and  
Floating Price  

52.25 
49.05 
52.94 
50.37 
59.45 
58.60 
58.00 

2020 Q1 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
– 
120,000 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2020 Q2  

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

37,500 
– 
– 
75,000 
37,500 
– 
– 

2020 Q3  

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
60,000 
– 
– 
– 
60,000 
– 

120,000 

150,000 

120,000 

2020 Q4 

Contract 
Amount 
bbls oil  

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
30,000 

30,000 

Total 

Contract
Amount
bbls oil  

37,500 
60,000 
120,000 
75,000 
37,500 
60,000 
30,000 

420,000 

Derivative Asset 

  Derivative Liability 

The above derivatives mature over the period from 1 January 2020 until 30 September 2020. A loss of £1.0 million was realised on hedges 
during the year to 31 December 2019 (see note 4).

Fair value at
31 December
2019 

£000 

(212)
(61)
(47)
(88)
(348)
(269)
(225)

(1,250)

(21)

(1,271)

£000 

21
42
9
33
(112)
(153)
(63)

(223)

43

(266)

85

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

24 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities 
The carrying values of the financial assets and financial liabilities are considered to be materially equivalent to their fair values.

Financial risk management
The Group’s principal financial liabilities comprise borrowings and trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is 
to finance the Group’s operations, including the Group’s capital expenditure programme. The Group has trade and other receivables, cash and 
cash equivalents and restricted cash that are derived directly from its operations and restricted cash. The Group also enters into derivative 
transactions to manage its commodity price exposure. 

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks in accordance with its financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy is to 
support the Group’s financial targets while protecting future financial security. The Group is exposed to the following risks:

•  Market risk, including commodity price and foreign currency risks;
•  Credit risk; and 
•  Liquidity risk.

The Group is not exposed to interest rate risk as all the Group’s borrowings are at a fixed rate.

Management reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarised below. The Group’s policy is that all 
transactions involving derivatives must be directly related to the underlying business of the Group and does not use derivative financial 
instruments for speculative purposes.

Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market factors,  
such as commodity prices and foreign currency exchange rates. 

The sensitivity analyses below have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt and the proportion of financial instruments 
in foreign currencies are all constant and that financial derivatives are held to maturity. The sensitivity analysis is intended to illustrate the 
sensitivity to changes in market variables on the Group’s financial instruments and show the impact on profit or loss and shareholders’ equity, 
where applicable. 

The following assumptions have been made in preparing the sensitivity analyses: 

•  The sensitivity of the relevant loss before tax item is the effect of the assumed changes in market risks. This is based on the financial assets 

and financial liabilities held at 31 December 2020 and 31 December 2019; and

•  The impact on equity is the same as the impact on loss before tax and ignores the effects of deferred tax, if any.

Commodity price risk
The Group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in prevailing market commodity prices (primarily crude oil) on the oil and gas it produces.  
The Group’s policy is to manage these risks through the use of derivative financial instruments. 

The following table summarises the impact on loss before tax for changes in commodity prices on the fair value of derivative financial 
instruments. The impact on equity is the same as the impact on profit before tax as these derivative financial instruments have not been 
designated as hedges and are classified as held-for-trading. 

The analysis is based on derivative contracts existing at the balance sheet date, the assumption that crude oil price moves 10% over all future 
periods, with all other variables held constant. Management believe that 10% is a reasonable sensitivity based on forward forecasts of estimated 
oil price volatility.

10% increase in the price of oil 
10% decrease in the price of oil 

86

Increase/(decrease) in profit  
before tax and equity 

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

(1,283) 
1,232 

1,803
(1,803)

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Foreign currency risk
The Group has transactional currency exposures. Such exposure arises from sales, purchases or financing in currencies other than the UK pound 
sterling, the functional currency of all Group companies. The Group’s sales are denominated in US dollars, and approximately 5% of costs are 
denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the Group, primarily US dollars. The Group borrowings are also denominated in 
US dollars. The Group’s exposure to other currencies is not considered to be material.

The following table summarises the impact on loss before tax for changes in the pound sterling/US dollar exchange rate on the financial assets 
and liabilities in the balance sheet at year end, principally relating to the Group’s borrowings which are denominated in US dollars. The impact on 
equity is the same as the impact on loss before tax.

The analysis is based on the assumption that the pound moves 10%, with all other variables held constant. 

10% strengthening of the pound against the US dollar 
10% weakening of the pound against the US dollar 

Increase/(decrease) in profit  
before tax and equity 

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

1,286 
(1,286) 

841
(841)

Credit risk
The Group has a credit policy to assess and manage the credit risk of counterparties before entering contracts, including credit checks through 
external credit agencies, the establishment of credit limits, a requirement for security, payment terms and specific transaction approvals. The 
primary credit exposures of the Group are its receivables from crude oil, electricity and gas sales, amounts due from Joint Venture partners and 
exposure with respect to derivative contracts. These exposures are managed at the corporate level. The Group has two main customers and only 
trades with established counterparties who have been approved in accordance with the Group’s credit policy.

At 31 December 2020, two customers (2019: two) accounted for approximately 94% (2019: 96%) of total trade receivables outstanding of  
£2.2 million (2019: £3.2 million). 

With respect to credit risk arising from the other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash, cash equivalents and derivative contracts, 
the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these 
instruments. The Group limits its counterparty credit risk on these assets by dealing only with financial institutions with credit ratings of at least  
A or equivalent other than if the UK government is a majority shareholder. At 31 December 2020, the maximum exposure was £2.8 million  
(2019: £8.3 million).

Liquidity risk
The Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate banking and borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash 
flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities and future capital and operating commitments.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments: 

At 31 December 2020 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Trade creditors 

At 31 December 2019 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Trade creditors 

On demand  
£000 

< 1 year 
£000 

1–2 years 
£000 

2–3 years 
£000 

>3 years 
£000 

Total
£000

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
(1,655) 
(1,351) 

(3,006) 

– 
(1,662) 
(2,154) 

(3,816) 

– 
(1,529) 
– 

(1,529) 

– 
(1,349) 
– 

(1,349) 

(3,424) 
(1,359) 
– 

(4,783) 

– 
(1,241) 
– 

(1,241) 

(10,271) 
(11,433) 
– 

(21,704) 

(13,071) 
(8,661) 
– 

(21,732) 

(13,695)
(15,976)
(1,351)

(31,022)

(13,071)
(12,913)
(2,154)

(28,138)

Management considers that the Group has adequate current assets and forecast cash from operations to manage liquidity risks arising from 
current and non‑current liabilities.

87

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

24 Financial instruments and risk management continued
Capital management
The Group manages its capital to ensure that it remains sufficiently funded to support its business strategy and maximise shareholder value. 
The Group’s funding requirements are met through a combination of debt and equity and adjustments are made in light of changes in economic 
conditions. The Group’s strategy is to maintain ratios in line with covenants associated with its secured Reserve Based Lending facility  
(see note 20).

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by equity plus net debt. The Group includes interest bearing loans 
less cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in net debt. Capital includes share capital, share premium, other reserves and accumulated 
profits/losses.

The Group signed a $40.0 million RBL facility with BMO Capital Markets (BMO) on 3 October 2019. In addition to the committed $40.0 million 
RBL, a further $20.0 million is available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new conventional developments 
(see note 20). Management believe that the RBL financing structure will be sustainable in the current oil price environment and, together with a 
carried work programme of up to $218 million, means that the Group is well positioned to pursue its strategy.

25 Share capital and share premium
On 3 April 2017, the shareholders approved the subdivision of each of the 303,305,534 ordinary shares of 10 pence each of the Company into 
one new ordinary share of 0.0001 pence each and one deferred share of 9.9999 pence each. At the Annual General Meeting of the Company on 
14 June 2017, the shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of the Company’s share capital in order to reduce the number of  
shares in issue to that more appropriate for the size of the Company. Following the consolidation, every 200 ordinary shares of 0.0001 pence 
each were consolidated into one new ordinary share of 0.02 pence each and immediately sub-divided into 10 ordinary shares of 0.002 pence.  
The consolidation and subdivision reduced the number of shares in issue from 2.4 billion to 121 million.

Issued and fully paid
At 1 January 2019 

2019 SIP share issue – partnership 
2019 SIP share issue – matching 

At 31 December 2019 

2020 SIP share issue – partnership 
2020 SIP share issue – matching 
Shares issued in respect of salary sacrifice scheme 
Shares issued for acquisitions (note 9) 
Shares issued in lieu of Directors’ fees 

At 31 December 2020 

Ordinary shares*  

Deferred shares**  

Nominal 
value 
£000 

No. 

Nominal 
value 
£000 

No. 

Share 
 capital 

Nominal
value 
£000 

Share
premium

Value
£000

122,077,269 

 107,135 
175,771 

122,360,175 

288,363 
285,362 
1,235,168 
377,586 
250,515 

124,797,169 

2 

– 
– 

2 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

2 

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,501

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

 69
 110

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,680

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

56
56 
– 
84 
30

303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,906

*  During the year, all remaining shares held in Employee Benefit Trust were disposed (2019: the number of ordinary shares includes 190,651 shares held in 

Employee Benefit Trust).

** Deferred shares were created on capital restructuring which completed in April 2017. 

Accordingly, the Group share capital account comprised:

Share capital account
At 1 January 2019 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2019 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2020 

£000

30,333
–

30,333
–

30,333

Share premium 
The share premium account arises from the Company issuing shares for consideration in excess of their nominal value less the cost of such 
issues. During the year, the Company issued 2,436,995 ordinary shares at a nominal value of 0.002 pence each (2019: 282,906 ordinary shares 
of 0.002 pence each), resulting in an increase in share premium of £0.2 million (2019: £0.2 million). No costs in relation to the share issues were 
incurred during the year (2019: £nil). 

88

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26 Other reserves
Other reserves are as follows:

Share plan  

Treasury 
reserves   shares reserve 
£000 

£000 

Balance at 1 January 2019 

10,454 

(1,413) 

Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 
Forfeiture of options under the employee share plan 

Balance at 31 December 2019 

Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 

Balance at 31 December 2020 

1,607 
– 
(128) 

11,933 

2,298 
– 

14,231 

– 
(8) 
– 

(1,421) 

– 
38 

(1,383) 

Employee share plans – Equity settled
Details of the share options under employee share plans outstanding are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 January 2019 
Exercisable at 1 January 2019 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2019 
Exercisable at 31 December 2019 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2020 

Exercisable at 31 December 2020 

Capital 
contributions 
£000 

47 

– 
– 
– 

47 

– 
– 

47 

Merger
reserve 
£000 

22,222 

– 
– 
– 

22,222 

– 
– 

22,222 

Total
£000

31,310

1,607
(8)
(128)

32,781

2,298
38

35,117

EIP 
Number  
of units 

MRP 
Number of 
units 

3,997,761 
3,997,761 

2,033,093 
(33,808) 
(450,256) 

5,546,790 
5,546,790 

5,434,470 
– 
(1,676,177) 

291,191 
291,191 

157,624 
(8,883) 
– 

439,932 
439,932 

2,326,743 
(1,511,715) 
– 

EDRP
Number of
units

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

9,305,083 

1,254,960 

325,000

9,305,083 

1,254,960 

325,000

Note – all options are nil cost and therefore the weighted average exercise price is nil. In addition to the share plans above, included in other reserves are also 
historic costs relating to Long Term Incentive Plan 2011 (2011 LTIP) and Value Creation Plan (2014 VCP).

Executive Incentive Plan (EIP)
In March 2016, the Group issued 7,548,701 options under a long term incentive plan to the Executive Director of the Company and certain other 
key employees of the Group which will vest, subject to meeting certain criteria, three years from grant. The options granted under the Plan take 
the form of a base award. The number of ordinary shares over which the options vest may be increased by a multiple of up to two times the 
number of ordinary shares subject to the base award, if a specified ordinary share price is met at the vesting date.

The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model were: share price as of date of grant  
of £0.145, a risk free interest rate of 0.52 % and an implied share price volatility of 68.8 % (based on historical volatility). It was also assumed 
that no options would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of 
£1.4 million.

On the 14 June 2017 these awards were subdivided in line with the subdivision and consideration of the Group’s share capital (see note 25). 

In October 2017, the Group awarded 1,756,923 Ordinary shares under a long term incentive plan to the Executive Director of the Company  
and other key employees of the Group. The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model 
were: share price as of date of grant of £0.68, a risk free interest rate of 0.54% and an implied share price volatility 63.95%. It was also assumed 
that no options would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of 
£0.978 million.

89

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

26 Other reserves continued
Executive Incentive Plan (EIP) continued
In March 2018, the Group awarded 1,911,057 Ordinary shares under a long term incentive plan to the Executive Director of the Company  
and other key employees of the Group. The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model 
were: share price as of date of grant of £0.76, a risk free interest rate of 0.98% and an implied share price volatility 58.3%. It was also assumed 
that no options would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of 
£1.3 million.

In March 2019, the Group awarded 2,033,093 Ordinary shares under a long term incentive plan to the Executive Director of the Company  
and other key employees of the Group. The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model 
were: share price as of date of grant of £0.78, a risk free interest rate of 0.74% and an implied share price volatility 80.9%. It was also assumed 
that no options would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of 
£1.8 million.

In April 2020, the Group awarded 5,434,470 Ordinary shares under a long term incentive plan to the Executive Director of the Company  
and other key employees of the Group. The fair value of the awards is based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model 
were: share price as of date of grant of £0.29, a risk free interest rate of 0.10% and an implied share price volatility 81.0%. It was also assumed 
that no options would be forfeited and no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in a fair value of EIP awards of 
£1.8 million.

The EIPs outstanding at 31 December 2020 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum term remaining of 8.6 years 
(2019: 7.9 years). 

The total charge for the year was £1.87 million (2019: £1.28 million). Of this amount, £0.52 million (2019: £0.30 million) was capitalised and  
£1.35 million (2019: £0.97 million) was charged to the income statement.

Management Retention Plan (MRP)
In December 2015, the Group adopted a new share-based payment scheme, the MRP. Under the MRP, participants are granted nil cost options 
which vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject to the Directors’ continued employment and to a one year holding 
period following the date of vesting. 

Employees were granted 7,143,610 options in the MRP in lieu of waived options granted under the 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)  
and 2016 cash bonuses. The options designated by the Group as replacement awards were accounted for as a modification of the original 
scheme and were valued at grant date and the options awarded in lieu of cash bonuses were measured with reference to the fair value of the 
services received. 

The fair value of the cancelled awards was re‑measured at the replacement date based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into 
the model were: replacement date share price of between £0.14 and £0.24, threshold price of between £1.351 and £1.664, a risk free interest 
rate of between 0.37% and 0.42% and an implied share price volatility of between 73% and 86%. It was also assumed that no dividends would 
be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in an incremental fair value of £0.17 million. 

In March 2018, the Group awarded 76,310 Ordinary shares to the Executive Director and other key employees of the Group. The fair value of 
the awards is based on the fair value of the services rendered. There were also a number of share exercises during the year relating to other 
employees of the Company. 

In March 2019, the Group awarded 157,624 Ordinary shares to the Executive Director and other key employees of the Group. The fair value of 
the awards is based on the fair value of the services rendered. There were also a number of share exercises during the year relating to other 
employees of the Company. 

In March and July 2020, the Group awarded 2,326,743 Ordinary shares to the Executive Director and other key employees of the Group. The fair 
value of the awards is based on the fair value of the services rendered. There were also a number of share exercises during the year relating to 
other employees of the Company. 

The MRPs outstanding at 31 December 2020 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum term remaining of 6.5 years 
(2019: 4.5 years). 

The total charge for the year was £0.45 million (2019: £0.14 million). Of this amount, £0.08 million (2019: £0.05 million) was capitalised or 
recharged to joint venture partners and £0.37 million (2019: £0.09 million) was charged to the income statement.

90

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 202026 Other reserves continued
Executive Director Retention Plan (EDRP)
In July 2015, the Group adopted a new share-based payment scheme, the EDRP. Under the EDRP, participants are granted nil cost options which 
vest and become exercisable on the first anniversary of grant subject to the Directors’ continued employment and to a one year holding period 
following the date of vesting. 

Executives were granted 6,500,000 options in the EDRP in lieu of waived options granted under the 2011 LTIP and the Value Creation Plan (VCP). 
The options have been designated by the Group as replacement awards at grant date and were accounted for as a modification of the original 
scheme. 

The fair value of the cancelled awards was re‑measured at the replacement date based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The fair value  
of replacement awards was based on the Monte Carlo valuation model. The key inputs into the model were: replacement date share price of 
£0.23, threshold price of between £0.945 and £1.664, a risk free interest rate of between 0.49% and 0.60% and an implied share price volatility 
of between 70% and 78%. It was also assumed that no dividends would be paid during the life of the options. This resulted in an incremental 
fair value of £1.5 million.

The EDRPs outstanding at 31 December 2020 had both a weighted average remaining contractual life and maximum term remaining of 2.5 years 
(2019: 3.5 years). 

The total charge for the year was £nil (2019: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2019: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2019: £nil) was charged to the 
income statement.

Other share based payments
Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
In 2013, the Group adopted an Inland Revenue approved SIP for all employees of the Group. The scheme is a tax efficient incentive plan pursuant 
to which all employees are eligible to acquire up to £150 (or 10% of salary, if less) worth of IGas ordinary shares per month or £1,800 per 
annum. Under the SIP, employees are invited to make contributions to buy partnership shares. If an employee agrees to buy partnership shares 
the Company currently matches the number of partnership shares bought with an award of shares (matching shares), on a one‑for‑one or  
two-for-one basis subject to the pre-defined quarterly production targets being met. 

The total charge for the year was £0.09 million (2019: £0.10 million). Of this amount, £nil (2019: £nil) was capitalised and £0.09 million (2019: 
£0.10 million) was charged to the income statement.

Treasury shares reserve
The Treasury shares reserve has arisen in connection with the shares issued to the IGas Energy Employee Benefit Trust (the Trust), of which the 
Company is the sponsoring entity. The value of such shares is recorded in the share capital and share premium accounts in the ordinary way and 
is also shown as a deduction from equity in this separate reserve account. There is therefore no net effect on shareholders’ funds. 

During the year ended to 31 December 2020 and year ended 31 December 2019, no shares were issued to the Trust. In addition, 5,000 ordinary 
shares of £0.00002 each (2019: 10,800 ordinary shares of £0.00002 each) were released from the Trust on exercise of share options by current 
and former employees.

During the year ended 31 December 2020, all remaining shares in the Trust have been disposed. Subsequent to the year end, the Trust was 
terminated on 15 January 2021.

Capital contribution 
The capital contribution relates to cash received following the acquisition of IGas Exploration UK Limited.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose as a result of a reverse acquisition on 31 December 2007 whereby Island Gas Limited (IGL) became a wholly owned 
subsidiary of the Company but with IGL’s shareholders acquiring 94% of the ordinary share capital of the Company. The reserve represents the 
difference in the fair value and the nominal value of the shares issued. The reserve is not distributable.

91

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsConsolidated Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

27 Related party transactions
The information below sets out transactions and balances between the Group and related parties in the normal course of business for the year 
ended 31 December 2020. All related party transactions were entered into on an arm’s length basis. 

The Non-executive Directors, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer (role made redundant on 31 July 2020) and the Chief Operating 
Officer (retired on 30 April 2019) of the Company are considered to be the only key management personnel as defined by IAS 24 – Related Party 
Disclosures.

Short-term employee benefits 
Termination benefits 
Share plan 
Social security costs 
Fees 

Year ended  
31 December  
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

651 
376 
1,447 
133 
107 

2,714 

1,145
–
1,050
133
100

2,428

Short-term employee benefits: These amounts comprise fees paid to the key management personnel in respect of salary and benefits earned 
during the relevant financial year, plus bonuses awarded for the year.

Share plan: This is the cost to the Group of key management personnel’s participation in SIP, MRP and EIP plans, as measured by the fair value  
of SIP, MRPs and EIPs granted, accounted for in accordance with IFRS 2.

28 Subsequent events
On 27 January 2021, the Group issued 338,277 Ordinary £0.00002 shares in relation to the Group’s SIP scheme. The shares were issued at 
£0.0925 resulting in share premium of £31,291.

On 4 February 2021, the Parent Company of the Group, IGas plc, changed its registered address from 7 Down Street, London W1J 7AJ to the 
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane Off Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln, England, LN2 2QX.

92

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Balance Sheet
as at 31 December 2020

ASSETS 
Non-current assets 
Investments in subsidiaries 
Property, plant and equipment 

Current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Provisions 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

EQUITY 
Capital and reserves 
Called up share capital 
Share premium account 
Other reserves 
Accumulated deficit 

Total equity 

31 December 
 2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

Note 

2 
3 

4 
5 

6 
9 

8 
9 

186,246 
21 

186,267 

18,774 
280 

19,054 

217,475
57

217,532

18,004
4,232

22,236

205,321 

239,768

(140,705) 
(293) 

(141,772)
–

(140,998) 

(141,772)

(13,695) 
(2,731) 

(16,426) 

(13,071)
–

–

(157,424) 

(154,843)

47,897 

84,925

11 
11 
12 

30,333 
102,906 
35,117 
(120,459) 

30,333
102,680
32,781
(80,869)

47,897 

84,925

As a consolidated income statement is published in this Annual Report, a separate income statement for the Company is not presented within 
these financial statements as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company reported a loss for the year of £39.6 million 
(2019: a loss of £167.6 million).

These financial statements were approved and authorised for issue by the Board on 7 April 2021 and are signed on its behalf by:

Stephen Bowler 
Chief Executive Officer 

Frances Ward
Finance Director

The notes on pages 96 to 111 form an integral part of these financial statements.

93

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital 
redemption 
reserve 
£000 

Other 
reserves 
(note 12) 
 £000 

Accumulated
surplus/ 
(deficit) 
 £000 

Total
equity
£000

250,860
(167,585)
1,599
(128)
179

84,925
(39,608)
2,366
18
196

31,310 
– 
1,599 
(128) 
– 

32,781 
– 
2,366 
– 
(30) 

86,716 
(167,585) 
– 
– 
– 

(80,869) 
(39,608) 
– 
18 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

35,117 

(120,459) 

47,897

Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Balance at 1 January 2019 
Loss for the year 
Employee share plans (note 12) 
Lapse of LTIPs under the employee share plan (note 12) 
Issue of shares (note 11) 

Balance at 31 December 2019 
Loss for the year 
Employee share plans (note 12) 
Disposal of shares held in EBT (note 12) 
Issue of shares (note 11) 

Balance at 31 December 2020 

Called up  
share 
capital  
(note 11)  
£000 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 

30,333 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Share
premium 
account 
(note 11) 
 £000 

102,501 
– 
– 
– 
179 

102,680 
– 
– 
– 
226 

30,333 

102,906 

The notes on pages 96 to 111 form an integral part of these financial statements. 

94

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Cash Flow Statement
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Loss before tax 
Net loss on extinguishment of re-financing 
Depletion, depreciation and amortisation 
Share based payment charge 
Impairment of investments 
Credit loss allowance 
Unrealised gain on foreign exchange contracts 
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration 
Other income 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Other non‑cash adjustments 

Operating cash flow before working capital movements 
Increase in trade and other receivables 
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 

Cash (used in)/from operating activities 

Tax refunded 

Net cash (used in)/from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Interest received 

Net cash from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Cash proceeds from issue of ordinary share capital 
Proceeds from disposal of shares held in EBT net of costs 
Drawdown on Reserve Based Lending facility 
Repayment on Reserve Based Lending facility 
Fees paid related to debt re-financing 
Repayment of bonds 
Interest paid 

Net cash from/(used in) financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents in the year 
Net foreign exchange difference 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 

The notes on pages 96 to 111 form an integral part of these financial statements.

Year ended  
31 December  
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

Note 

(39,608) 
– 
36 
397 
42,330 
6,073 
– 
180 
(415) 
(12,970) 
1,697 
(1) 

(2,281) 
(4,310) 
2,631 

(3,960) 

– 

(3,960) 

(167,585)
692
26
194
63,730
113,362
(71)
–
–
(13,857)
1,873
(9)

(1,645)
(4,697)
13,429

7,087

–

7,087

4 

4 

–

–

56 
4 
5,544 
(4,645) 
– 
– 
(940) 

19 

(3,937) 
(15) 
4,232 

280 

69
–
19,319
(4,639)
(1,059)
(21,355)
(2,021)

(9,686)

(2,599)
25
6,806

4,232

2 
10 

9 

11 

5 
5 
5 
5 
5 

5 

95

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020

1 Accounting policies
(a) Basis of preparation of financial statements
The Parent Company financial statements of IGas Energy plc (the Company) have been prepared in accordance with international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. The financial statements were approved by the Board and authorised 
for issue on 7 April 2020. IGas Energy plc is a public limited company (limited by shares) incorporated and registered in England, United Kingdom, 
and listed on the Alternative Investment Market (AIM).

The Company financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments 
that are measured at fair value at the end of each reporting period. The Company’s financial statements are presented in UK pound sterling and 
all values are rounded to the nearest thousand (£000) except when otherwise indicated. 

As a consolidated income statement is published in this Annual Report, a separate income statement for the Company is not presented within 
these financial statements as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company reported a loss for the year of £39.6 million 
(2019: a loss of £167.6 million).

New and amended IFRS Standards that are effective for the current year
During the year, the Company adopted the following new and amended IFRSs for the first time for their reporting period commencing  
1 January 2020:

Amendments to IFRS 3 
Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8 
Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 
IFRS 2, IFRS 3, IFRS 6, IFRS 14, IAS 1, IAS 8, IAS 34, IAS 37,  
IAS 38, IFRIC 12, IFRIC 19, IFRIC 20, IFRIC 22, and SIC-32 

Definition of a Business
Definition of Material
 Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

Amendments to References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards

The adoption of these standards does not have a material impact on the Company in the current or future reporting periods. 

New and revised IFRS Standards in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRS Standards that have 
been issued but are not yet effective:

IFRS 17 
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 

Amendments to IAS 1 
Amendments to IFRS 3 
Amendments to IAS 16 
Amendments to IAS 37 
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle 

Amendments to IFRS 16 

Insurance Contracts
 Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate  
or Joint Venture
 Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current
 Reference to the Conceptual Framework
Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use
Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract
 Amendments to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting 
Standards, IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, IFRS 16 Leases, and IAS 41 Agriculture
 COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions

The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements of the 
Company in future periods.

96

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 20201 Accounting policies continued
(b) Going concern
The Company is reliant on the performance of IGas plc and its subsidiaries (the Group) for liquidity. The Group continues to closely monitor and 
manage its liquidity risks. Cash flow forecasts for the Group are regularly produced based on, inter alia, the Group’s production and expenditure 
forecasts, management’s best estimate of future oil prices, management’s best estimate of foreign exchange rates and the Group’s available loan 
facility under the RBL. Sensitivities are run to reflect different scenarios including, but not limited to, possible further reductions in commodity 
prices, strengthening of sterling and reductions in forecast oil and gas production rates. 

The ability of the Group to operate as a going concern is dependent upon the continued availability of future cash flows and the availability of 
the monies drawn under its RBL, which is re‑determined semi‑annually based on various parameters (including oil price and level of reserves) 
and is also dependent on the Group not breaching its RBL covenants. Whilst we have better financial flexibility and a reduced overall cost of 
debt under the RBL and have successfully completed the 2020 year-end re-determination, we have re-evaluated our priorities in the short-term 
to ensure we weather both any oil price weakness and other impacts of COVID-19, including potential disruption to the Group’s operational 
activities which could impact earnings, cash flows and financial condition of the Group.

The COVID-19 pandemic developed rapidly in 2020, with a significant number of cases worldwide. Measures taken by various governments to 
contain the virus affected global economic activity and resulted in a significant reduction in demand for oil. The fall in oil demand led to a fall in 
oil prices from around $60/bbl at the start of 2020 to a low of under $20/bbl in April 2020. Although the oil price has recovered sharply since 
then, to close 2020 above $50/bbl and has had a strong start to 2021, there remains significant uncertainty as to how COVID-19 and its aftermath 
will impact economies, oil demand and therefore oil price over the near and mid‑term.

Management has also considered the impact of the COVID-19 global crisis on the Group’s operations. We continue to monitor the situation 
closely and act within Government guidelines and have a number of contingency plans in place should our operations be significantly affected 
by the coronavirus. Many of our sites are remotely manned and at this stage we are well equipped as a business to ensure we maintain business 
continuity. Our production comes from a large number of wells in a variety of locations and we have flexibility in our off-take arrangements.  
We continue to liaise and co‑operate with all the relevant regulators. 

The Group’s base case cashflow forecast was run with average oil prices of $61/bbl for 2021 and $58/bbl in 2022, with a foreign exchange rate 
of $1.40/£1 during the period. Our modelling included the benefits of the Group’s commodity hedging policy with 369,600 bbls hedged at an 
average minimum price of $44/bbl. Our forecasts show that the Group will have sufficient financial headroom to meet its financial covenants 
based on the existing RBL facility. Given the uncertainties described above, the level of Group revenues and availability of facilities under the RBL 
are inherently uncertain. As such, management has also prepared a downside forecast with average oil prices at $63/bbl in the second quarter of 
2021 and have then modelled in a sudden crash in price to $43/bbl in July 2021 with prices remaining at that level for a year before increasing to 
$45/bbl in July 2022. Our downside case also included an average reduction in production of 5% over the period and a strengthening of sterling 
against the US dollar with rates moving to $1.45 by October 2021 and remaining at this level for 2022. To manage the impact of the downside 
scenario modelled, management would take mitigating actions, including further commodity hedging, delaying capital expenditure and additional 
reductions in costs in order to remain within the Group’s debt liquidity covenants. All such mitigating actions are within management’s control.  
In the downside case, management would also consider additional cash generating opportunities for the Group. While management acknowledges 
that these may not be completely in our control, we have assumed that cashflow from some of these opportunities would be available in 2022. 
In this downside scenario, our forecast shows that the Group will have sufficient financial headroom to meet its financial covenants for the 
12 months from the date of approval of the financial statements. However, should oil price or demand (and therefore revenue) fall below our 
downside scenario oil price forecast, the Group may not have sufficient funds available for 12 months from the date of approval of these financial 
statements.

As a result, at the date of approval of the financial statements, there continues to be a material uncertainty in respect of the potential impact of 
COVID-19 on the Group’s operational activities and future commodity prices. Given the Company is reliant on the performance of the Group for 
its liquidity, these conditions indicate the existence of a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to continue 
as a going concern. Notwithstanding these material uncertainties, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Company has adequate 
resources to continue in existence for the foreseeable future and have concluded it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the financial statements. These financial statements do not include the adjustments that would result if the Company were 
unable to continue as a going concern.

(c) Significant accounting judgements and estimates
The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the balance sheet date, that have a significant risk 
of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities are discussed below.

97

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsParent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(c) Significant accounting judgements and estimates continued 
Recoverable value of investment in subsidiaries
The Company evaluates investments in subsidiaries for indicators of impairment as described in (d) below. Any impairment test, where required, 
involves estimates and associated assumptions related to matters (when appropriate), such as recoverable reserves; production profiles; forward 
gas and electricity prices; development, operational and offtake costs; nature of land access agreements and planning permissions; application 
of taxes, and other matters. Where the final outcome or revised estimates related to such matters differ from the estimates used in any earlier 
impairment reviews, the results of such differences, to the extent that they actually affected any impairment provisions, are accounted for when 
such revisions are made. Details of the Company’s investments are disclosed in note 2.

Functional currency
The determination of a Company’s functional currency often requires significant judgement where the primary economic environment in  
which it operates may not be clear. The Company’s financial statements are presented in UK pound sterling, the primary economic environment 
of the Company.

(d) Non-current assets
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in Group companies held as non‑current assets are held at cost less provision for impairment unless the investments were acquired 
in exchange for the issue or part issue of shares in the Company, when they are initially recorded in the Company’s balance sheet at the fair value 
of the shares issued together with the fair value of any consideration paid, including costs of acquisition less any provision for impairment.

The Company’s investments in Group companies held as non‑current assets are assessed for impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable, when impairment is calculated on the basis as set out 
below. Any impairment is charged to the income statement. 

Loans to Group companies are stated at amortised cost.

Impairment
Impairment tests, when required, are carried out on the following basis:

•  By comparing any amounts carried as investments held as non‑current assets with the recoverable amount; and
•  The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. The Company generally assesses value 
in use using the estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market 
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or cash-generating unit.

Where there has been a charge for impairment in an earlier period that charge will be reversed in a later period where there has been a change 
in circumstances to the extent that the recoverable amount is higher than the net book value at the time. In reversing impairment losses, the 
carrying amount of the investment will be increased to the lower of its original carrying value and the carrying value that would have been 
determined had no impairment loss been recognised in prior periods.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided at rates calculated to write off the cost 
of fixed assets, less their estimated residual values, over their estimated useful lives at the following rates, with any impairment being accounted 
for as additional depreciation:

Buildings 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
Motor vehicles 

– over five years on a straight line basis
– between three and five years on a straight line basis
– over four years on a straight line basis 

(e) Financial instruments
Classification
The Parent Company classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:

•  Those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through OCI or through profit or loss); and
•  Those to be measured at amortised cost.

The classification depends on the entity’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows.  
For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will be recorded either in the income statement or in OCI. For investments in equity 
instruments that are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Parent Company has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial 
recognition to account for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).

98

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 20201 Accounting policies continued 
(e) Financial instruments continued
The Parent Company reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.

Recognition and derecognition
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade date (that is, the date on which the Parent Company commits  
to purchase or sell the asset). Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired  
or have been transferred and the Parent Company has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.

Measurement
At initial recognition, the Parent Company measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through 
profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets 
carried at FVPL are expensed in the income statement.

The Parent Company holds financial assets at amortised costs being trade and other receivables, cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash 
and derivative financial instruments used for hedging.

The Parent Company also hold financial liabilities at amortised cost being trade and other payables, borrowings, other creditors and derivative 
financial instruments used for hedging.

The Parent Company classifies its financial assets at amortised cost only if both of the following criteria are met:

•  The asset is held within a business model whose objective is to collect the contractual cash flows; and
•  The contractual terms give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and cash held on current account or on short‑term deposits at variable interest rates with 
original maturity periods of up to three months. Any interest earned is accrued monthly and classified as interest income within finance income. 

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. They are generally 
due for settlement within 30 days and are therefore all classified as current. Trade receivables are initially recognised at the amount of 
consideration that is unconditional, unless they contain significant financing components, in which case they are recognised at fair value.  
Details about the Company’s impairment policy and the calculation of loss allowance is provided in the Impairment accounting policy below.

Trade and other payables
These financial liabilities are all non-interest bearing and are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration payable. 

Impairment of financial assets 
At the end of each reporting period, a provision is made if there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets was 
impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets was impaired and impairment loss is incurred only if there is objective evidence of 
impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a loss event), and that loss event (or events) 
had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that could be reliably estimated. 

Assets carried at amortised cost
For loans and receivables, the amount of loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that had not been incurred), discounted at the financial asset’s original effective 
interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced and the amount of loss is recognised in the income statement.

If in the subsequent period, the amount of loss decreased and the decrease is related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was 
recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the reversal of the previously recognised impairment loss is recognised in the 
income statement.

Expected credit loss
The Parent Company assesses, on a forward‑looking basis, the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised 
cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. For loans and amounts due 
from the group undertakings, the Company applies the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be 
recognised from initial recognition of receivables.

99

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsParent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

1 Accounting policies continued
(e) Financial instruments continued
Borrowings
Borrowings are measured initially at fair value. After initial recognition, interest bearing loans and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate (the EIR) method. Gains and losses are recognised in the income statement when the liabilities 
are derecognised as well as through the EIR amortisation process. When management’s estimates of the amounts or timings of cash flows are 
revised, borrowings are re-measured using the revised cash flow estimates under the original effective interest with any consequent adjustment 
being recognised in the income statement.

Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. 
The EIR amortisation is included in finance costs in the income statement.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take 
a substantial period of time to get ready for their intended use or sale, are added to the cost of these assets, until such time as the assets are 
substantially ready for their intended use or sale. Investment income earned on the temporary investment of specific borrowings pending their 
expenditure on qualifying assets is deducted from the borrowing costs eligible for capitalisation. All other borrowing costs are recognised in the 
income statement in the period in which they are incurred.

(f) Taxation
The tax expense represents the sum of current tax and deferred tax.

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered or paid to the tax authorities. Taxable profit/
(loss) differs from the profit/(loss) before taxation as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are 
taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Company’s liability for current tax is 
calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all temporary differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date except when 
the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination 
and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Temporary differences arise from differences 
at the balance sheet date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. Deferred 
tax liabilities are not discounted. Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is regarded as more likely than not that they will be 
recovered.

The carrying amount of deferred tax is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient 
taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are reassessed  
at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset  
to be recovered.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the assets are realised or the liability 
is settled, based on the tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax relating to items recognised outside the income statement are recognised in correlation to the underlying transaction either in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity.

(g) Share based payments
Where share options are awarded to employees (including Directors), the fair value of the options at the date of the grant is recorded in  
equity over the vesting period. Non‑market vesting conditions, but only those related to service and performance, are taken into account by 
adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised 
over the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. All other vesting conditions, including market vesting conditions, 
are factored in to the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, the amount recorded is computed 
irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative amount recognised is not adjusted for the failure to achieve  
a market vesting condition; although equity no longer required for options may be transferred to another equity reserve.

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, measured by the change 
from immediately before to after the modification, is also recorded in equity over the remaining vesting period.

When an equity‑settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognised or the 
award is recognised immediately.

100

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 20201 Accounting policies continued
(g) Share based payments continued
Where an equity settled award is identified as a replacement it will be treated as a modification to the original plan where the incremental fair 
value of the replacement award is expensed over the vesting period of the replacement award. The fair value of the original award on its grant 
date is continued to be recognised over its original vesting period. 

Where equity instruments are granted to persons other than employees, the amount recognised in equity is the fair value of goods and services 
received.

Charges corresponding to the amounts recognised in equity are accounted as a cost in the income statement unless the services rendered 
qualify for capitalisation as a non‑current asset. Costs may be capitalised within non‑current assets in the event of services being rendered in 
connection with an acquisition or intangible exploration and evaluation assets or property, plant and equipment.

Where shares are issued to an Employee Benefit Trust, and the Company is the sponsoring entity, the value of such shares at issue will be 
recorded in share capital and share premium account in the ordinary way, but will not affect shareholders’ funds since this same value will be 
shown as a deduction from shareholders’ funds by way of a separate component of equity (Treasury shares). 

(h) Equity
Equity instruments issued by the Company are usually recorded at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs, and allocated between called 
up share capital, share premium accounts or merger reserve as appropriate.

(i) Foreign currency
Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency UK pound sterling are translated at the exchange rate ruling at the 
date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re‑translated at the rate of exchange ruling at the 
date of transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are re‑translated at the rate of exchange rate ruling at the 
balance sheet date. All differences that arise are recorded in the income statement.

2 Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries comprises:

Parent Company 

At 1 January 
Acquisitions 
Additions 
Impairments 

At 31 December 

Credit loss allowance* 

At 31 December 

*  Refer to note 10 for credit risk.

31 December 2020  

31 December 2019

Investment  
in Group  
Companies  
£000 

Loans to 
Group 
Companies * 
£000 

74,026 
3,284 
2,069 
(42,330) 

241,018 
– 
8,281 
– 

Investment 
in Group 
Companies 
£000 

Loans to
Group

Companies * 
£000 

136,349 
– 
1,407 
(63,730) 

232,760 
– 
8,258 
– 

Total 
£000 

315,044 
3,284 
10,350 
(42,330) 

Total
£000

369,109
–
9,665
(63,730)

37,049 

249,299 

286,348 

74,026 

241,018 

315,044

– 

(100,102) 

(100,102) 

– 

(97,569) 

37,049 

149,197 

186,246 

74,026 

143,449 

(97,569)

217,475

Loans to Group companies are repayable on demand and bear interest at either 1.2% above LIBOR or at a fixed rate of 6% and 12%.

During the year, the Company acquired GT Energy UK Limited for an initial payment of £0.5 million and the contingent consideration of  
£2.8 million. Refer to Group note 9 for details of the transaction.

Additions represent investment of £2.1 million (2019: £1.4 million) relating to employee share-based payment costs under IFRS 2 and £8.3 million 
(2019: £8.3 million) interest accrued on existing loans to Group companies. 

The Company’s investments in subsidiaries were reviewed for indicators of impairment as at 31 December 2020. Impairments of £42.3 million 
(2019: £63.7 million) are recorded against the investments which are not supported by the subsidiaries underlying net asset values.

101

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

2 Investments in subsidiaries continued
At 31 December 2020, the Company had investments in the following 100% owned subsidiaries:

Name of company

Principal activity and Country of incorporation

Registered office address

Subsidiaries held by Company :
Dart Energy Pty Ltd

Island Gas Limited***

Island Gas Operations Limited***

IGas Energy Enterprise Limited*** 

Star Energy Group Limited***

Investment holding, Australia

Oil and gas exploration, development and 
production, England
Dormant, England

Oil and gas exploration, development and 
production, England
Service company, England

Star Energy Limited***

Service company, England

Star Energy Weald Basin Limited***

Oil and gas processing, England

GT Energy UK Limited***

Development of deep geothermal heat 
projects, England 

Subsidiaries held through subsidiaries :
Island Gas (Singleton) Limited***

No operations but not dormant, England

Dart Energy (Europe) Limited

Investment holding, Scotland

Dart Energy (East England) Limited***

Shale gas exploration, England

Dart Energy (West England) Limited***

Shale gas exploration, England

c/o PwC Level 23, 480 Queen Street, Brisbane 
QLD 4000
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX

Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
c/o Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) LLP,  
2 Semple Street, Edinburgh, EH3 8BL
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX

IGas Energy Development Limited***

IGas Energy Production Limited

Oil and gas exploration, development and 
production, England

Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX

Greenpark Energy Transportation Limited***

Oil and gas exploration, development and 
production, Scotland
Dormant, England

Dart Energy (India) Pty Limited 

Investment holding, Australia

Dart Energy India Services Pvt Limited****

Service company, India

Dart Energy International Limited*
Dart Energy (Europe) Pte Limited *
Dart Energy (India) Pte Limited**
Dart Energy (ST) Pte Limited 
Dart Energy (AS) Pte Limited 
Dart Energy (India) Holdings Pte Limited **

Investment holding, Singapore
Dormant, Singapore
Investment holding – dormant, Singapore
Investment holding – dormant, Singapore
Investment holding, Singapore
Dormant, Singapore

c/o Womble Bond Dickinson (UK) LLP,  
2 Semple Street, Edinburgh, EH3 8BL
Welton Gathering Centre, Barfield Lane off 
Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln LN2 2QX
C/O Pwc Level 23, 480 Queen Street,  
Brisbane QLD 4000
804-805, 8th Floor, Tower B, Global Business 
Park, M.G Road, Gurugram, Harvana
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898
80 Robinson Road, #02-00, Singapore 068898

These entities are in creditors’ voluntary liquidation.

*  
**  These entities have been struck-off during the period.
***  The registered address of the subsidiaries incorporated in England was changed to the Welton Gathering Centre on 4 February 2021, subsequent to the year 

end. The previous registered address of these subsidiaries was 7 Down Street, London W1J 7AJ.

**** This entity is in the process of being struck off.

102

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
3 Property, plant and equipment

31 December 2020  

31 December 2019

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£000 

Buildings  
£000 

Motor 
vehicles 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Buildings 
£000 

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment 
£000 

Motor
vehicles 
£000 

464 
– 

464 

409 
35 
– 

444 

20 

96 
(10) 

86 

94 
1 
(10) 

85 

1 

20 
– 

20 

20 
– 
– 

20 

– 

580 
(10) 

570 

523 
36 
(10) 

549 

21 

464 
– 

464 

384 
25 
– 

409 

55 

96 
– 

96 

93 
1 
– 

94 

2 

20 
– 

20 

20 
– 
– 

20 

– 

Total
£000

580
–

580

497
26
–

523

57

Cost
At 1 January 
Disposals 

At 31 December 

Accumulated depreciation  
and impairment 
At 1 January 
Charge for the year 
Disposals 

At 31 December 

NBV at 31 December 

4 Trade and other receivables

Amounts falling due within one year: 
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings 
Less: Credit loss allowance* 
VAT recoverable 
Other debtors 
Prepayments 

*  Refer to note 10 for credit risk.

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

44,252 
(25,736) 
65 
– 
193 

18,774 

39,945
(22,195)
53
20
181

18,004

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and payment terms are as mutually agreed between the Group’s 
companies with no expected credit loss. Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings are stated after the expected credit loss allowance of £25.7 
million (31 December 2019: £22.2 million). Due to the short-term natures of the current receivables, their carrying amount is considered to be the 
same as their fair value.

103

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

5 Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand 

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

280 

4,232

The carrying value of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as stated above is considered to be a reasonable approximation of their fair value.

Net debt reconciliation

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings  
Net debt 
Borrowings – capitalised fees 

Net debt excluding capitalised fees 

At 1 January 
Repayment of borrowings 
Interest paid on borrowing 
Drawdown of RBL (note 8) 
Capitalised fees 
Repayment of RBL (note 8) 
Foreign exchange adjustments 
Other cash flows 
Other non‑cash movements 

At 31 December 

6 Trade and other payables

Trade creditors 
Taxation and social security 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings 
Accruals and other creditors 

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

280 
(13,695) 
(13,415) 
(937) 

(14,352)  

4,232
(13,071)
(8,839)
(1,272)

(10,111)

31 December 2020  

31 December 2019

Cash and cash  
equivalents  
£000 

Borrowings  
£000 

  Cash and cash
equivalents  
£000 

Total 
£000 

Borrowings  
£000 

4,232 
– 
(940) 
5,544 
– 
(4,645) 
15 
(3,926) 
– 

(13,071) 
– 
– 
(5,544) 
– 
4,645 
610 
– 
(335) 

(8,839) 
– 
(940) 
– 
– 
– 
625 
(3,926) 
(335) 

280 

(13,695) 

(13,415) 

6,806 
(21,355) 
(2,021) 
19,319 
(1,059) 
(4,639) 
25 
7,156 
– 

4,232 

(20,980) 
21,355 
– 
(19,319) 
1,308 
4,639 
645 
– 
(719) 

(13,071) 

Total
£000

(14,174)
–
(2,021)
–
249
–
670
7,156
(719)

(8,839)

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

(19) 
(19) 
(140,452) 
(215) 

(39)
(36)
(141,040)
(657)

(140,705) 

(141,772)

Trade creditors are unsecured and usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings are unsecured, interest free and payment terms are as mutually agreed between the Group’s companies. 

The carrying value of each of the Company’s financial liabilities included within trade and other payables are considered to be a reasonable 
approximation of their fair value. 

104

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7 Taxation
Tax losses, none of which are considered sufficiently certain of utilisation to recognise deferred tax assets, amount to:

Year ended  

Year ended
31 December   31 December
2019
£000

2020 
£000 

Excess management expenses 
Non‑trade loan relationship debits 

8 Borrowings

19,134 
47,905 

19,134
47,905

31 December 2020  

31 December 2019

Within  
1 year  
£000 

Greater 
than 1 year 
£000 

Total 
£000 

Within 
1 year 
£000 

Greater
than 1 year 
£000 

Total
£000

Reserve Based Lending facility (RBL) – secured 

– 

(13,695) 

(13,695) 

– 

(13,071) 

(13,071)

Reserve Based Lending facility
On 3 October 2019, the Company announced that it had signed a $40.0 million RBL facility with BMO Capital Markets (BMO). In addition to the 
committed $40.0 million RBL, a further $20.0 million is available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new 
conventional developments. The RBL has a five-year term, an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.0%, matures in September 2024 and is secured on 
the Company’s assets. The RBL is subject to a semi‑annual redetermination in May and November when the loan availability will be recalculated 
taking into account forecast commodity prices, remaining field reserves (assessed by an independent reserves auditor annually) and the latest 
forecast of operating and capital costs. As at 31 December 2020, the Group had successfully completed the November 2020 redetermination 
which confirmed an available facility limit of $31.7 million.

Under the terms of the RBL, the Group is subject to a financial covenant whereby, as at 30 June and 31 December each year, the ratio of Net Debt 
at the period end to EBITDAX for the previous 12 months shall be less than or equal to 3.5:1.

A loss of £0.7 million arising from debt re-financing was recognised for the year ended 31 December 2019.

Collateral against borrowing
A Security Agreement was executed between BMO and IGas Energy plc and some of its subsidiaries, namely; Island Gas Limited, Island Gas 
Operations Limited, Star Energy Weald Basin Limited, Star Energy Group Limited, Star Energy Limited, Island Gas (Singleton) Limited, Dart Energy 
(East England) Limited, Dart Energy (West England) Limited, IGas Energy Development Limited, IGas Energy Enterprise Limited, Dart Energy 
(Europe) Limited and IGas Energy Production Limited.

Under the terms of this Agreement, BMO have a floating charge over all of the assets of these legal entities, other than property, assets, rights and 
revenue detailed in a fixed charge. The fixed charge encompasses the Real Property (freehold and/or leasehold property), the specific petroleum 
licences, all pipelines, plant, machinery, vehicles, fixtures, fittings, computers, office and other equipment, all related property rights, all bank 
accounts, shares and assigned agreements and rights including related property rights (hedging agreements, all assigned intergroup receivables 
and each required insurance and the insurance proceeds). 

9 Provisions

At 1 January 
Acquisitions 
Unwinding of discount 
Changes in fair value of contingent consideration 

At 31 December 

31 December   31 December
2019
£000

2020 
£000 

– 
(2,784) 
(60) 
(180) 

(3,024) 

–
–
–
–

–

Contingent consideration
The carrying value of contingent consideration relates to GT Energy acquisition as explained in Group consolidated financial statements note 9. 
The change in fair value is primarily related to the increase in fair value of IGas plc shares between acquisition date and year ended 31 December 
2020 as the consideration is payable in shares.

105

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

9 Provisions continued
Sensitivity of changes in assumptions
The principal assumptions in calculating the fair value of contingent consideration is the probability assigned to Milestone payments and the 
share price at valuation date. Management performed sensitivity analysis to assess the impact of changes to the key assumptions. An increase 
in the probability of the scenario which would result in the maximum pay out by 5% would result in an increase in the contingent consideration 
provision by £0.3 million. An increase in the share price at valuation date by 10% would result in an increase in the contingent consideration 
provision by £0.2 million.

10 Financial instruments and risk management
Fair values
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts, other than those with carrying amounts that are a reasonable approximation 
of their fair values, are as follows:

Financial liabilities 
Amortised cost 
Reserve Based Lending facility (RBL) – secured 

Carrying amount

Fair value

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December 
2019 
£000 

31 December 
2020 
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

(13,695) 

(13,071) 

(13,695) 

(13,071)

Fair value hierarchy
All assets and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements, are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, 
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:

•  Level 1: quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; 
•  Level 2: other valuation techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly 

or indirectly; and 

•  Level 3: valuation techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable 

market data. 

There are no non‑recurring fair value measurements nor have there been any transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy.

The financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorised into the fair value hierarchy as at the reporting dates as follows:

Financial liabilities:  
Contingent consideration (note 9) 

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

Level 

3 

(3,024) 

–

Financial risk management
The Company’s principal financial liabilities comprise borrowings, foreign exchange contracts and trade and other payables, including amounts 
due to subsidiary undertakings. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to finance the Company’s subsidiary operations and to fund 
acquisitions. The Company has trade and other receivables, and cash and cash equivalents that are derived directly from its operations and 
restricted cash. 

The Company manages its exposure to key financial risks in accordance with its financial risk management policy. The objective of the policy  
is to support the Company’s financial targets while protecting future financial security. The Company is exposed to the following risks:

•  Market risk including interest rate, and foreign currency risks;
•  Credit risk; and
•  Liquidity risk.

Management reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks which are summarised below. It is the Company’s policy that all 
transactions involving derivatives must be directly related to the underlying business of the Company. The Company does not use derivative 
financial instruments for speculative exposures.

106

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10 Financial instruments and risk management continued 
Market risk
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market factors,  
such as interest rate and foreign currency. 

The sensitivity analyses below have been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt, and the proportion of financial instruments  
in foreign currencies are all constant and that derivatives are held to maturity. The sensitivity analysis is intended to illustrate the sensitivity  
to changes in market variables on the Company’s financial instruments and show the impact on profit or loss and shareholders’ equity,  
where applicable. 

Interest rate risk
The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Company’s loans with related parties.  
The Company currently has all of its external borrowings at fixed rates of interest. 

The following table summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in interest rates on the fair value of the loans to related parties.  
The analysis is based on the assumption that LIBOR moves 50 basis points, with all other variables held constant. 

50 basis point increase in LIBOR 
50 basis point decrease in LIBOR 

Increase/(decrease) in profit 
before tax for the year ended 
and to equity as at

31 December  
2020  
£000 

31 December
2019
£000

388 
(388) 

388
(388)

Foreign currency risk
The Company has transactional currency exposures. Such exposure arises from purchases in currencies other than the UK pounds sterling, the 
functional currency of the Company. The Company’s borrowings are also denominated in US dollars.

The following table summarises the impact on profit before tax for changes in the US dollar/UK pound sterling exchange rate on financial assets 
and liabilities as at the year end, principally relating to the Groups borrowings which are denominated in US dollars. The impact on equity is the 
same as the impact on profit before tax

The analysis is based on the assumption that the pound moves 10%, with all other variables held constant. 

10% strengthening of the pound against the US dollar 
10% weakening of the pound against the US dollar 

Increase/(decrease) in profit 
before tax for the year ended 
and to equity as at

31 December   31 December
2019
£000

2020  
£000 

1,452 
(1,452) 

1,307
(1,307)

Credit risk
With respect to credit risk arising from the financial assets of the Company, which comprise cash and cash equivalents and amounts due  
from subsidiary undertakings, the Company’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal 
to the carrying amount of these instruments. The expected credit loss allowance against amounts due from subsidiary undertakings amounts to 
£25.7 million (31 December 2019: £22.2 million). The Company limits its counterparty credit risk on cash and cash equivalents by dealing only 
with financial institutions with credit ratings of at least A or equivalent other than if the UK government is a majority shareholder. £0.3 million 
(2019: £4.2 million) of cash and cash equivalents were held with two institutions. 

The loans to subsidiaries are considered to have low credit risk, and the loss allowance recognised during the period was therefore limited to 
12 months expected losses apart from one loan which was provided for in full. The expected credit loss allowance against loans to subsidiaries 
amounts to £100.1 million (2019: £97.6 million). Management consider “low credit risk” to be when they have a low risk of default and the issuer 
has a strong capacity to meet its contractual cash flow obligations in the near term.

107

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

10 Financial instruments and risk management continued 
The loss allowance for the loan to subsidiary as at 31 December reconciles to the opening loss allowance as follows:

Opening loss allowance at 1 January 
Increase in lifetime expected credit loss allowance recognised in income statement during the year 
Increase in 12 month expected loss allowance recognised in income statement during the year 

Closing loss allowance at 31 December 

Loan to subsidiary

31 December   31 December
2019
£000

2020  
£000 

119,765 
765 
5,308 

125,838 

6,402
195
113,168

119,765

Liquidity risk
The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate banking and borrowing facilities by continuously monitoring forecast and actual 
cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities and future capital and operating commitments.

The table below summarises the maturity profile of the Company’s financial liabilities based on contractual undiscounted payments:

At 31 December 2020 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 

At 31 December 2019 
Borrowings 
Trade and other payables 

On demand  
£000 

<1 year 
£000 

1–2 years 
£000 

2–3 years 
£000 

>3 years 
£000 

Total
£000

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
(19) 

(19) 

– 
(39) 

(39) 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

(3,424) 
– 

(3,424) 

(10,271) 
– 

(10,271) 

(13,695)
(19)

(13,714)

– 
– 

– 

(13,071) 
– 

(13,071) 

(13,071)
(39)

(13,110)

Management considers that the Company has adequate current assets and forecast cash from operations to manage liquidity risks arising from 
current and non‑current liabilities.

Capital management
The Company manages its capital to ensure that it remains sufficiently funded to support its business strategy and maximise shareholder 
value. The Company’s funding requirements are met through a combination of debt and equity and are adjustments made in light of changes 
in economic conditions. The Company’s strategy is to maintain ratios in line with covenants associated with its secured Reserve Based Lending 
facility (see note 8).

The Company monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is net debt divided by equity plus net debt. The Company includes within net debt, 
interest bearing loans less cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash in net debt. Capital includes share capital, share premium, other reserves 
and accumulated profits/losses.

The Company signed a new $40.0 million RBL facility with BMO Capital Markets (BMO) on 3 October 2019. In addition to the committed  
$40.0 million RBL, a further $20.0 million is available on an uncommitted basis, and can be used for any future acquisitions or new conventional 
developments (see note 8). Management believe that the new financing structure will be sustainable in the current oil price environment and, 
together with a carried work programme of up to $218 million, means that the Company is well positioned to pursue its strategy.

108

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11 Share capital and share premium
On 3 April 2017, the shareholders approved the subdivision of each of the 303,305,534 ordinary shares of 10 pence each of the Company  
into one new ordinary share of 0.0001 pence each and one deferred share of 9.9999 pence each. At the Annual General Meeting of the Company  
on 14 June 2017, the shareholders approved a consolidation and subdivision of the Company’s share capital in order to reduce the number  
of shares in issue to that more appropriate for the size of the Company. Following the consolidation, every 200 ordinary shares of 0.0001 pence 
each were consolidated into one new ordinary share of 0.02 pence each and immediately sub-divided into 10 ordinary shares of 0.002 pence.  
The consolidation and subdivision reduced the number of shares in issue from 2.4 billion to 121 million.

Issued and fully paid
At 1 January 2019 

2019 SIP share issue – partnership 
2019 SIP share issue – matching 

At 31 December 2019 

Ordinary shares*  

Deferred shares**  

Nominal 
value 
£000 

No. 

  Nominal 
value 
£000 

No. 

Share 
 capital 

Nominal
value 
£000 

Share
premium

Value
£000

122,077,269 

2  303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,501

 107,135 
175,771 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

– 
– 

69
110

122,360,175 

2  303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,680

2020 SIP share issue – partnership 
2020 SIP share issue – matching 
Shares issued in respect of salary sacrifice scheme  
Shares issued for acquisitions (Group note 9) 
Shares issued in lieu of Directors’ fees  

288,363 
285,362 
1,235,168 
377,586 
250,515 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

56
56
–
84
30

At 31 December 2020 

124,797,169 

2  303,305,534 

30,331 

30,333 

102,906

*   During the year, all remaining shares held in Employee Benefit Trust were disposed (2019: the number of ordinary shares includes 190,651 shares held  

in Employee Benefit Trust).

** Deferred shares were created on capital restructuring which completed in April 2017. 

Accordingly, the Company share capital account comprised:

Share capital account 
At 1 January 2019 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2019 
Shares issued during the year 

At 31 December 2020 

£000

30,333
–

30,333
–

30,333

Share premium
The share premium account arises from the Company issuing shares for consideration in excess of their nominal value less the cost of such 
issues. During the year, the Company issued 2,436,995 ordinary shares at a nominal value of 0.002 pence each (2019: 282,906 ordinary shares 
of 0.002 pence each), resulting in an increase in share premium of £0.2 million (2019: £0.2 million). No costs in relation to the share issue were 
incurred during the year (2019: £nil).

109

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Financial Statements – Notes
for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued

12 Other reserves
Other reserves are as follows:

Balance at 1 January 2019 
Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 
Forfeiture of options under the employee share plan 

Balance at 31 December 2019 

Share options issued under the employee share plan 
Shares issued under the SIP 

Balance at 31 December 2020 

Share plan 
 reserves  
£000 

Treasury 
shares reserve 
£000 

Capital 
contributions 
£000 

10,454 
1,607 
– 
(128) 

11,933 

2,298 
– 

14,231 

(1,413) 
– 
(8) 
– 

(1,421) 

– 
38 

(1,383) 

47 
– 
– 
– 

47 

– 
– 

47 

Merger
reserve 
£000 

22,222 
– 
– 
– 

22,222 

– 
– 

22,222 

Employee share plans – Equity settled
Details of the share options under employee share plans outstanding are as follows:

Total
£000

31,310
1,607
(8)
(128)

32,781

2,298
38

35,117

EDRP
Number
of units

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

325,000
325,000

–
–
–

EIP 
Number  
of units 

3,997,761 
3,997,761 

2,033,093 
(33,808) 
(450,256) 

5,546,790 
5,546,790 

5,434,470 
– 
(1,676,177) 

MRP 
Number 
of units 

291,191 
291,191 

157,624 
(8,883) 
– 

439,932 
439,932 

2,326,743 
(1,511,715) 
– 

9,305,083 

1,254,960 

325,000

9,305,083 

1,254,960 

325,000

Outstanding at 1 January 2019 
Exercisable at 1 January 2019 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2019 
Exercisable at 31 December 2019 

Awarded during the year 
Exercised during the year 
Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 31 December 2020 

Exercisable at 31 December 2020 

Note – all options are nil cost and therefore the weighted average exercise price is nil.

Detail disclosure of each employee share plan scheme is in the Group consolidated financial statements note 26. 

Executive Incentive Plan (EIP)
The total charge for the year was £0.27 million (2019: £0.15 million). Of this amount, £nil (2019: £nil) was capitalised and £0.27 million  
(2019: £0.15 million) was charged to the income statement.

Management Retention Plan (MRP)
The total charge for the year was £0.08 million (2019: £0.02 million). Of this amount, £nil (2019: £nil) was capitalised or recharged to joint 
venture partners and £0.08 million (2019: £0.02 million) was charged to the income statement.

Executive Director Retention Plan (EDRP)
The total charge for the year was £nil (2019: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2019: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2019: £nil) was charged to the 
income statement.

Other share based payments
Detail disclosure of other share based payments is in the Group consolidated financial statements note 26.

110

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12 Other reserves continued
Share Incentive Plan (SIP)
The total charge for the year was £nil (2019: £nil). Of this amount, £nil (2019: £nil) was capitalised and £nil (2019: £nil) was charged to the 
income statement.

Merger reserve
The merger reserve arose as a result of a reverse acquisition on 31 December 2007 whereby Island Gas Limited (IGL) became a wholly owned 
subsidiary of the Company but with IGL’s shareholders acquiring 94% of the ordinary share capital of the Company. The reserve represents the 
difference in the fair value and the nominal value of the shares issued. The reserve is not distributable.

13 Related party transactions
(a) with Group companies
A summary of the transactions in the year is as follows:

Amounts due from/(to) subsidiaries: 
At 1 January 
Services performed (for)/by subsidiary 
Net cash advances 
Group loan interest 
Allowance for credit loss 
Revaluations 

At 31 December 

Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings (note 4) 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings (note 6) 
Loans to Group companies (note 2) 

Total 

Year ended  
31 December  
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

20,159 
61 
1,056 
8,281 
(6,073) 
3,777 

27,261 

129,706
52
(9,431)
8,258
(113,362)
4,936

20,159

Year ended  
31 December  
2020  
£000 

Year ended
31 December
2019
£000

18,516 
(140,452) 
149,197 

17,750
(141,040)
143,449

27,261 

20,159

Payment terms for balances due to or from subsidiaries are as mutually agreed between the Group’s companies. The payment terms in respect  
of loans are detailed in note 2.

(b) with Directors
Key management as defined by IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, controlling 
and directing the activities of the Company. In the opinion of the Board, the Company’s key management are the Directors of the Company. 
Information regarding their compensation is given in the Director’ Remuneration Report.

14 Subsequent events
On 27 January 2021, the Company issued 338,277 Ordinary £0.00002 shares in relation to the Group’s SIP scheme. The shares were issued  
at £0.0925 resulting in share premium of £31,291.

On 4 February 2021, the Company changed its registered address from 7 Down Street, London W1J 7AJ to the Welton Gathering Centre,  
Barfield Lane Off Wragby Road, Sudbrooke, Lincoln, England, LN2 2QX.

111

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial Statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Oil and Gas Reserves
as at 31 December 2020

The Group’s estimate of proved plus probable reserves at 31 December 2020 are based on an independent evaluation of IGas conventional 
oil and gas interests prepared by D&M, the leading international reserves and resources auditors. Proved reserves are estimated reserves that 
geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable certainty to be recoverable in future years under existing economic and operating 
conditions, while probable reserves are estimated reserves determined to be more likely than not to be recoverable in future years under 
existing economic and operating conditions.

All of the Group’s oil and gas assets are located in the United Kingdom.

Group proved plus probable reserves

At 1 January 2020 
Additions during the year 
Revision of previous estimates 
Production 

Total change during the year 

At 31 December 2020 

Oil  
MMbbl 

14.41 
– 
1.74 
(0.64) 

1.10 

15.51 

Gas 
Bcf 

9.48 
– 
0.15 
(0.25) 

(0.10) 

9.38 

Total
MMboe

16.05
–
1.75
(0.68)

1.07

17.12

112

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IGas Onshore UK Licence Interests

Licence

Fields

East Midlands

AL 009

EXL 288

ML 3

ML 4

ML 6

ML 7

Dunholme

Trumfleet

Egmanton

Gainsborough, Beckingham, Corringham, Glentworth

Bothamsall

South Leverton

PEDL 006

Cold Hanworth

PEDL 012

PEDL 139

PEDL 140

PEDL 169

PEDL 200

PEDL 210

Hemswell

PEDL 273

PEDL 278

PEDL 305

PEDL 316

PL 178

PL 179

PL 199

PL 220

West Beckingham

Welton, Stainton, Nettleham, Scampton South, 
Scampton North, East Glentworth 

Nettleham

Long Clawson, Rempstone

Weald Basin

DL 002

DL 004

ML 18

ML 21

Stockbridge

Albury

Bletchingley 

Bletchingley 

PEDL 021

Goodworth

PEDL 070

Avington

PEDL 235

Godley Bridge

PEDL 257

Lingfield

PEDL 326

PL 182

PL 205

PL 211

PL 233

PL 240

PL 249

Palmers Wood

Storrington

Horndean

Stockbridge

Singleton

Stockbridge

Area  
km2

IGas 
interest

Operator Other partners

9

75

26

72

11

11

136

33

100

142

62

114

116

194

38

143

111

2

107

4

13

10

14

8

9

50

18

100

28

95

55

18

27

58

46

16

100%

75%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

55%

32%

32%

80%

55%

75%

55%

50%

55%

55%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

54%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

90%

100%

100%

100%

IGas

IGas

INEOS

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

INEOS

IGas

INEOS, Egdon, Ecorp 

IGas

INEOS, Egdon, Ecorp 

IGas

Egdon

IGas

INEOS

IGas

INEOS

IGas

Egdon, INEOS

IGas

Egdon

IGas

Egdon, INEOS

IGas

Egdon, INEOS

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

Egdon, Aurora, UKOG, Corfe

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

IGas

UKOG

IGas

IGas

IGas

113

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsArea  
km2

IGas 
interest

Operator Other partners

48

74

89

286

100

94

296

200

200

16

46

15%

40%

25%

50%

25%

50%

40%

30%

30%

100%

100%

INEOS

INEOS

IGas

INEOS

IGas

INEOS

IGas

INEOS

IGas

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS

INEOS

IGas

IGas

IGas Onshore UK Licence Interests
continued

Licence

Fields

North West

EXL 273

PEDL 145

PEDL 147

PEDL 184

PEDL 189

PEDL 190

PEDL 193

PEDL 293

PEDL 295

Scotland

P 1270

PEDL 158

Lybster

Lybster

114

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Glossary

£  

$  

1P  

2P  

3P  

1C  

2C  

3C  

The lawful currency of the United Kingdom

The lawful currency of the United States of America

Low estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

Best estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

High estimate of commercially recoverable reserves

Low estimate or low case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

Best estimate or mid case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

High estimate or high case of Contingent Recoverable Resource quantity

AIM  

AIM market of the London Stock Exchange

boepd  

Barrels of oil equivalent per day

bopd  

CCC  

Contingent 
Recoverable 
Resource 

Barrels of oil per day

Committee on Climate Change

Contingent Recoverable Resource estimates are prepared in accordance with the Petroleum Resources Management System
(PRMS), an industry recognised standard. A Contingent Recoverable Resource is defined as discovered potentially recoverable
quantities of hydrocarbons where there is no current certainty that it will be commercially viable to produce any portion of 
the contingent resources evaluated. Contingent Recoverable Resources are further divided into three status groups: marginal, 
sub‑marginal, and undetermined. IGas’ Contingent Recoverable Resources all fall into the undetermined group. Undetermined  
is the status group where it is considered premature to clearly define the ultimate chance of commerciality.

GIIP  

m  

Mbbl 

Gas initially in place

Million

Thousands of barrels

MMboe  

Millions of barrels of oil equivalent

MMscfd  

Millions of standard cubic feet per day

NBP  

PEDL  

PL  

National balancing point – a virtual trading location for the sale and purchase and exchange of UK natural gas

United Kingdom petroleum exploration and development licence

Production licence

RoSPA 

Royal Society for the Prevention of Accidents

SoS  

Tcf  

UK  

Secretary of State

Trillions of standard cubic feet of gas

United Kingdom

115

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsBanker
Barclays Bank
1 Churchill Place
London E14 5HP

Registered office
Welton Gathering Centre
Barfield Lane off Wragby Road
Sudbrooke
Lincoln LN2 2QX

General Information

Directors
C McDowell – Interim Non‑executive Chairman
S Bowler – Chief Executive Officer
P Jackson – Non‑executive
T Kumar – Non‑executive
H Årstad – Non‑executive

Company Secretary
Thamala Perera Schuetze

Nominated Adviser and Joint Broker
Investec Bank plc
30 Gresham Street
London
EC2V 7QP

Joint Broker
Canaccord Genuity Limited
88 Wood Street
London
EC2V 7QR

Registrar
Computershare Investor Services plc
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS13 8AE

Independent Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1 Embankment Place
London
WC2N 6RH

116

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Design and Production
www.carrkamasa.co.uk

117

IGas Energy plc Annual Report and Accounts 2020Financial StatementsIGas Energy plc 
Registered Office
Welton Gathering Centre
Barfield Lane off Wragby Road 
Sudbrooke
Lincoln, LN2 2QX
+44 (0)20 7993 9899
www.igasplc.com